E+W+S+N.I.

Telecommunications Act 1984

1984 CHAPTER 12

An Act to provide for the appointment and functions of a Director General of Telecommunications; to abolish British Telecommunications’ exclusive privilege with respect to telecommunications and to make new provision with respect to the provision of telecommunication services and certain related services; to make provision, in substitution for the Telegraph Acts 1863 to 1916 and Part IV of the Post Office Act 1969, for the matters there dealt with and related matters; to provide for the vesting of property, rights and liabilities of British Telecommunications in a company nominated by the Secretary of State and the subsequent dissolution of British Telecommunications; to make provision with respect to the finances of that company; to amend the Wireless Telegraphy Acts 1949 to 1967, to make further provision for facilitating enforcement of those Acts and otherwise to make provision with respect to wireless telegraphy apparatus and certain related apparatus; to give statutory authority for the payment out of money provided by Parliament of expenses incurred by the Secretary of State in providing a radio interference service; to increase the maximum number of members of British Telecommunications pending its dissolution; and for connected purposes.

[12th April 1984]

Be it enacted by the Queen’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:—

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C1 Act amended (1.4.1996) by S.I. 1996/593, reg. 2, Sch. 1

C2 Act modified (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 404, 406, 408, 411 (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

C3 Act modified (25.7.2003) by The Radio Equipment and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Regulations 2000 (S.I. 2000/730), reg. 6(2)(3) (as substituted by The Radio Equipment and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment (Amendment) Regulations 2003 (S.I. 2003/1903), reg. 2(6)

Part I E+W+S+N.I. Introductory

1 The Director General of Telecommunications. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) The Secretary of State shall appoint an officer to be known as the Director General of Telecommunications (in this Act referred to as “the Director”) for the purpose of performing the functions assigned or transferred to the Director by or under this Act.

(2) An appointment of a person to hold office as the Director shall not be for a term exceeding five years; but previous appointment to that office shall not affect eligibility for re-appointment.

(3) The Director may at any time resign his office as the Director by notice in writing addressed to the Secretary of State; and the Secretary of State may remove any person from that office on the ground of incapacity or misbehaviour.

(4) Subject to subsections (2) and (3) above, the Director shall hold and vacate office as such in accordance with the terms of his appointment.

(5) The Director may appoint such staff as he may think fit, subject to the approval of the Treasury as to numbers and as to terms and conditions of service.

(6) There shall be paid out of money provided by Parliament the remuneration of, and any travelling or other allowances payable under this Act to, the Director and any staff of the Director, any sums payable under this Act to or in respect of the Director and any expenses duly incurred by the Director or by any of his staff [F1 in consequence of the provisions of—

(a) this Act;

(b) the Telecommunications (Open Network Provision) (Voice Telephony) Regulations 1998; or

(c) the Telecommunications (Data Protection and Privacy) Regulations 1999.]

(7) The provisions of Schedule 1 to this Act shall have effect with respect to the Director.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F1 Words in s. 1(6) substituted (1.3.2000) by S.I. 1999/2093, reg. 3(3), Sch. 1 Pt. II para. 1

2 Abolition of British Telecommunications’ exclusive privilege. E+W+S+N.I.

[F2 As from such day as the Secretary of State may by order appoint for the purposes of Parts II to IV of this Act (in this Act referred to as “the appointed day”), the exclusive privilege of running telecommunication systems conferred on British Telecommunications by section 12 of the M1 British Telecommunications Act 1981 (in this Act referred to as “the 1981 Act”) shall cease to exist.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F2 S. 2 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Marginal Citations

M1 1981 c. 38.

3 General duties of Secretary of State and Director. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F3 S. 3 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F4 Words in s. 3(3)(b) substituted (26.11.1998 for specified purposes and otherwise 1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, s. 66(5), Sch. 10 Pt. II para. 2(3); S.I. 1998/2750, art. 2; 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

F5 S. 3(3A) inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 56(6), Sch. 1 para. 1; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I

F6 S. 3(3B)(3C) inserted (26.11.1998 for specified purposes and otherwise 1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, s. 66(5), Sch. 10 Pt. II para. 2(4); S.I. 1998/2750, art. 2; S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

F7 Words in s. 3(3C) substituted (1.4.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(2); S.I. 2003/766, art. 2, Sch. (with transitional and transitory provisions in art. 3)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C4 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

4 Meaning of “telecommunication system” and related expressions. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F8 S. 4 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C5 S. 4(1): definition of "telecommunication system" applied (E.W.) (14.7.1992) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, 108), s. 63(1), Sch. 4 para. 7(4); S.I. 1992/1686, art. 3, Sch.

C6 S. 4(1): definition of "telecommunication system" applied (S.) (14.7.1992) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, 108), s. 122(1), Sch. 6 para. 7(4); S.I. 1992/1671, art. 2, Sch.

Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

Part II E+W+S+N.I. Provision of Telecommunication Services

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C7 Pt. II (ss. 5-46) excluded (23.6.1999) by S.I. 1999/1736, art. 7(4)

Licensing etc. of telecommunication systems E+W+S+N.I.

5 Prohibition on running unlicensed systems. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F9 S. 5 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(a), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C8 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

6 Exceptions to section 5. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F10 S. 6 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(a), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F11 S. 6(1) repealed by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), ss. 134, 203(1)(3), Sch. 12 Pt. II para. 1, Sch. 20 para. 38(1)(a), Sch. 21

F12 Words substituted by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), s. 203(1), Sch. 20 para. 38(1)(b)

F13 S. 6(2A) inserted by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), s. 203(1), Sch. 20 para. 38(1)(c)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C9 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss.47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

C10 S. 6(2)(b) excluded (with saving) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 2(1)(2)

Marginal Citations

M2 1949 c. 54.

7 Power to license systems. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F14 S. 7 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(a), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F15 S. 7(3A) inserted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(2)

F16 Words in s. 7(5)(a) inserted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(3)(a)

F17 Words in s. 7(5)(a) added (1.3.2000) by S.I. 1999/2390, reg. 3(3), Sch. 1 Pt. II para. 2

F18 S. 7(5)(c) substituted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(3)(b)

F19 S. 7(6A)(6B) inserted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(4)

F20 S. 7(7) substituted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(5)

F21 S. 7(10A)(10B) inserted by Cable and Broadcasting Act 1984 (c.46, SIF 96), s. 57(1), Sch. 5 para. 45(1), the amendment being continued by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), s. 203(4), Sch. 22 para. 4

F22 Words substituted by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), ss. 4(6), 87(6),203(1), Sch. 20 para. 38(2)(a)

F23 Words substituted by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), ss. 4(6), 87(6),203(1), Sch. 20 para. 38(2)(b)

F24 S. 7(12)-(16) inserted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(6)

F25 O.J. No. L117, 7.5.97, p.15.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C11 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss.47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

S. 7 modified (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 4(1)(2)

[F26 7A Licensing procedures E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F26 S. 7A inserted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(7)

F27 S. 7A repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(a), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

8 Special provisions applicable to certain licences. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F28 S. 8 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(a), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

9 Public telecommunication systems. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F29 S. 9 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(b), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C12 Definition of "public telecommunications operator" in s. 9(3) applied (E.W.) by London Docklands Railway Act 1991 (c. xxiii, SIF 200), s. 2(1).

10 The telecommunications code. E+W+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F30 S. 10 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(b) 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F31 S. 10(3A)-(3C) inserted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(8)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C13 S. 10 restricted by Channel Tunnel Act 1987 (c. 53, SIF 102), ss. 32, 45, Sch. 7 Pt. VI. para. 2

10 The telecommunications code. S

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F30 S. 10 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(b) 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F575 S. 10(3A)-(3C) inserted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(8)

F576 Word substituted (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), Sch. 9 para. 92(2)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C98 S. 10 restricted by Channel Tunnel Act 1987 (c. 53, SIF 102), ss. 32, 45, Sch. 7 Pt. VI. para. 2

11 Provisions supplementary to section 10. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F32 S. 11 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(b), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F33 S. 11(1)(2) repealed (3.6.1996) by S.I. 1995/3210 (N.I. 19), art. 60(2), Sch. 4; S.R. 1996/223, art. 2, Sch.

Modification of licences E+W+S+N.I.

12 Modification of licence conditions by agreement. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F34 S. 12 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(c), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F35 Words in s. 12(2) omitted (25.7.2000) by virtue of 2000 c. 7, s. 11(5) (with s. 14); S.I. 2000/1798, art. 2

F36 Words in s. 12(3) substituted (25.7.2000) by 2000 c. 7, s. 11(1) (with s. 14); S.I. 2000/1798, art. 2

F37 S. 12(4A)(4B) substituted for s. 12(4) (25.7.2000) by 2000 c. 7, s. 11(2) (with s. 14); S.I. 2000/1798, art. 2

F38 S. 12(6A)-(6F) inserted (25.7.2000) by 2000 c. 7, s. 11(3) (with s. 14); S.I. 2000/1798, art. 2

F39 Words in s. 12(7) substituted (25.7.2000) by 2000 c. 7, s. 11(5) (with s. 14); S.I. 2000/1798, art. 2

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C14 Ss. 12-15 excluded (10.11.2000) by S.I. 2000/2998, reg. 2

C15 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

[F40 12A Agreement required for the purposes of section 12. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F40 S. 12A inserted (25.7.2000) by 2000 c. 7, s. 11(4) (with s. 14); S.I. 2000/1798, art. 2

F41 Ss. 12-15 repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(c), 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19 (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C16 Ss. 12-15 excluded (10.11.2000) by S.I. 2000/2998, reg. 2

13 Licence modification references to Commission. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F42 S. 13 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(c), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F43 Words in s. 13(1) substituted (1.4.1999) by S.I. 1999/506, art. 18(a)

F44 S. 13(9)-(10A) substituted (1.4.1999) for s. 13(9)(10) by 1998 c. 41, s. 54(3), Sch. 10 Pt. IV para. 9(2) (with s. 73); S.I. 1999/505, art. 2, Sch.

F45 S. 13(9)(9A) repealed (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(3), Sch. 26; S.I. 2003/1397 {art. 2(1)}, Sch. (with savings in arts. 8, 10)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C17 S. 12-15 excluded (9.11.2000) by S.I. 2000/2998, reg. 2

C18 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

[F46 13A References under section 13: time limits E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F46 S. 13A inserted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(4); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with art. 8)

F47 S. 13A repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 147(c), 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F48 13B References under section 13: powers of investigation E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F48 S. 13B inserted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(4); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with art. 8)

F49 S. 13B repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 147(c), 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

14 Reports on licence modification references. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F50 S. 14 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 147(c), 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F51 S. 14(1A)(1B) inserted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. {13(5)(a)}; S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with art. 8)

F52 S. 14(2) repealed (1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, ss. 54(3), 74(3), Sch. 10 Pt. IV para. 9(3), Sch. 14 Pt. I (with s. 73); S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

F53 S. 14(3)-(3D) substituted (20.6.2003) for s. 14(3) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(5)(b); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with art. 8)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C19 S. 12-15 excluded (10.11.2000) by S.I. 2000/2998, reg. 2

C20 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

15 Modification of licence conditions following report. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F54 S. 15 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(c), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C21 S. 12-15 excluded (10.11.2000) by S.I. 2000/2998, reg. 2

C22 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss.47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

Enforcement of licences E+W+S+N.I.

16 Securing compliance with licence conditions. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F55 S. 16 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(d), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F56 Word in s. 16(5)(a) repealed (1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, ss. 54(3), 74(3), Sch. 10 Pt. IV para. 9(4), Sch. 14 Pt. I; S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

F57 S. 16(5)(c) and word “or” immediately preceding it inserted (1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, s. 54(3), Sch. 10 Pt. IV para. 9(4) (with s. 73); S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

F58 Words in s. 16(7) substituted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(9)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C23 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

17 Procedural requirements. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F59 S. 17 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(d), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F60 Words in s. 17(2) omitted (31.12.1997) by virtue of S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(10)(a)

F61 Words in s. 17(2) substituted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(10)(b)

F62 Words in s. 17(3) omitted (31.12.1997) by virtue of S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(11)(a)

F63 Words in s. 17(3)(b) substituted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(11)(b)

F64 S. 17(3A) inserted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(12)

F65 S. 17(6)(b) substituted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(13)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C24 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

18 Validity and effect of orders. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F66 S. 18 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(d), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F67 S. 18(1)(2) repealed (20.12.1999) by S.I 1999/3180, reg. 3(2)(a)

F68 Words in s. 18(3) substituted (20.12.1999) by S.I. 1999/3180, reg. 3(2)(b)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C25 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss.47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

19 Register of licences and orders. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F69 Ss. 16-19 repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(d), 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C26 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss.47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

Approvals etc. for the purposes of licences E+W+S+N.I.

20 Approval of contractors. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F70 S. 20 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

21 Register of approved contractors. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F71 S. 21 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

22 Approval etc. of apparatus. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F72 S. 22 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

23 Register of approved apparatus etc. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F73 S. 23 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

24 Approval etc. of meters. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F74 S. 24 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

25 Delegation of functions under sections 22 and 24. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F75 S. 25 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

26 Grants and loans to persons exercising certain functions. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F76 S. 26 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

27 Recognition of bodies representing consumers etc. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F77 S. 27 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F78 Standards of performance E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F78 Ss. 27A, 27B and cross heading inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Services (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 1; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order, art. 3, Sch.

F79 27A Standards of performance in individual cases. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F79 Ss. 27A, 27B and cross heading inserted (1.7.1992) by Competititon and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 1; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I

F80 S. 27A repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F81 27B Overall standards of performance. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F81 Ss. 27A, 27B and cross heading inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 1; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I

F82 S. 27B repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F83 27C Information with respect to levels of performance. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F83 S. 27C inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 2; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I

F84 S. 27C repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F85 27D Information to be given to customers about overall performance. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F85 S. 27D inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s.3; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I

F86 S. 27D repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F87 27E Procedures for dealing with complaints. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F87 S. 27E inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 4; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I

F88 S. 27E repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F89 27F Disputes about discrimination etc. in fixing charges. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F89 S. 27F inserted (1.9.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 5(1); Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 4, Sch. Pt.II

F90 S. 27H repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F91 27G Billing disputes. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F91 Section 27G inserted (prosp.) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43) ss. 6(1), 56(2), which insertion is in force at 1.7.1992 except as regards subsection (8) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 3, Sch. Pt.I

F92 S. 27G repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F93 27H Deposits. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F93 S. 27H inserted (prosp.) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), ss.7, 56(2), which insertion is in force at 1.7.1992 except as regards subsection (4) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I

F94 S. 27H repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F95 27I Complaints about deposits. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F95 S. 27I inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 7; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order, art. 3, Sch. Pt.I

F96 S. 27I repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F97 27J Disconnections. E+W+S+N.I.

[F98 Where any person has failed to pay any charges in connection with the provision of any relevant service by a designated operator, no power of that designated operator to discontinue the provision of that service shall be exercised against him as respects any amount which is genuinely in dispute.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F97 S. 27J inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 8; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I

F98 S. 27J repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F99 27K Enforcement of standards of performance, etc. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F99 S. 27K inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 9; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order, art. 3, Sch. Pt.I

F100 S. 27K repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F101 27L Definitions for sections 27A to 27K. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F101 S. 27L inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 10; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I

F102 S. 27L repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 147(e), 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Marking etc. of telecommunication apparatus E+W+S+N.I.

28 Information etc. to be marked on or to accompany telecommunication apparatus. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F103 S. 28 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F104 Words substituted by Consumer Protection Act 1987 (c. 43, SIF 109), ss. 41(2), 47(1)(2), 48, Sch. 4 para. 9(1)

29 Information etc. to be given in advertisements. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F105 S. 29 repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

30 Enforcement provisions. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F106 S. 30 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Rating of telecommunications operators E+W+S+N.I.

[F107 31 Rating in England and Wales. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) In Schedule 3 to the M3 Local Government Act 1974 (hereditaments to which section 19(1) of that Act applies) for paragraph 5A (hereditaments occupied by British Telecommunications by certain property used for the purposes of telecommunication services) there shall be substituted the following paragraph—

“5A Any hereditament occupied by a telecommunications operator (within the meaning of the Telecommunications Act 1984) by any such property as follows, namely, posts, wires, underground cables and ducts, telephone kiosks and other equipment being property used for the purpose of providing telecommunication services.”

(2) Where an order made under the said section 19 applies to hereditaments occupied by a telecommunications operator by any such property as aforesaid, that operator shall be treated, for the purposes of the law relating to rating, as not being a public utility undertaking.

(3) This section extends to England and Wales only.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F107 S. 31 repealed (E.W.) by S.I. 1990/776, art. 3, Sch. 1

Marginal Citations

M3 1974 c. 7.

32 Rating in Scotland. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) In paragraph 5 of Schedule 1 to the M4 Local Government (Scotland) Act 1975 (lands and heritages to which section 6(1) of that Act applies and occupied by British Telecommunications by certain property used for the purposes of telecommunication services)—

(a) for the words “British Telecommunications” there shall be substituted the words “ a telecommunications operator (within the meaning of the Telecommunications Act 1984) ”; and

(b) for the words from “not within” to “purposes of” there shall be substituted the words “ , being property used for the purpose of providing ”.

(2) This section extends to Scotland only.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M4 1975 c. 30.

F108 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F108 S. 33 repealed (20.2.1997) by S.I. 1996/3162 (N.I. 25), art. 13, Sch.

Acquisition etc. of land by public telecommunications operators E+W+S+N.I.

34 Compulsory purchase of land in England and Wales. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F109 S. 34 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F110 Words substituted by Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990 (c. 11, SIF 123:1, 2), s. 4, Sch. 2 para. 63(1)

Marginal Citations

M5 1981 c. 67.

M6 1990 c. 8.

35 Compulsory purchase of land in Scotland. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F111 S. 35 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F112 Words in s. 35(4) substituted (27.5.1997) by 1997 c. 11, ss. 4, 6(2), Sch. 2 para. 37(1)

Marginal Citations

M7 1947 c. 42.

36 Compulsory purchase of land in Northern Ireland. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F113 S. 36 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Marginal Citations

M8 1972 c.9 (N.I.)

M9 S.I. 1972/1265 (N.I. 14)

37 Entry, for exploratory purposes, on land in England and Wales. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F114 S. 37 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F115 Words substituted by Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990 (c. 11, SIF 123:1, 2), s. 4, Sch. 2 para. 63(2)(a)

F116 Words substituted by Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990 (c. 11, SIF 123:1, 2), s. 4, Sch. 2 para. 63(2)(b)

Marginal Citations

M10 1990 c. 8.

38 Entry, for exploratory purposes, on land in Scotland. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F117 S. 38 repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F118 Words in s. 38(2) substituted (27.5.1997) by 1997 c. 11, ss. 4, 6(2), Sch. 2 para. 37(2)

39 Entry, for exploratory purposes, on land in Northern Ireland. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F119 S. 39 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

40 Acquisition of land by agreement. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F120 S. 40 repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M11 1965 c. 56.

M12 1972 c. 52.

M13 1845 c. 18.

41 Purchase of Duchy of Lancaster land. E+W+S+N.I.

[F121 The Chancellor and Council of the Duchy of Lancaster may, if they think fit, agree with a public telecommunications operator for the sale, and absolutely make sale, for such sum of money as appears to them to be sufficient consideration for the same, of any land belonging to Her Majesty in right of the Duchy of Lancaster which the operator seeks to acquire for, or in connection with, the establishment or running of his system.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F121 S. 41 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Offences E+W+S+N.I.

42 Fraudulent use of telecommunication system. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F122 S. 42 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F123 Words substituted by Cable and Broadcasting Act 1984 (c. 46, SIF 96), Sch. 5 para.45(2)

F124 Words in s. 42(1)(b) substituted (27.4.1997) by 1997 c. 4, ss. 2(1) 3(3) (with s. 2(2))

F125 Words substituted by Cable and Broadcasting Act 1984 (c. 46, SIF 96), s. 57(1), Sch. 5 para. 45(3)

F126 Words substituted by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), s. 203(1), Sch. 20 para. 38(3)

[F127 42A Possession or supply of anything for fraudulent purpose in connection with use of telecommunication system. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F127 S. 42A inserted (27.4.1997) by 1997 C. 4, ss. 1, 3(3)

F128 S. 42A repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F129 Words in s. 42A(1) inserted (28.5.2000) by S.I. 2000/1175, reg. 3

F130 Words in s. 42A(3) inserted (28.5.2000) by S.I. 2000/1175, reg. 3

Marginal Citations

M14 1988 c. 48.

43 Improper use of public telecommunication system. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F131 S.43 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F132 Words in s. 43(1) substituted (3.2.1995) by 1994 c. 33, s. 92(1)(2); S.I. 1995/127, art. 2(1), Sch. 1

F133 Words substituted by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), s. 203(1), Sch. 20 para. 38(4)

44 Modification etc. of messages. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F134 S.44 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with Sch. 17 para. 63, Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F135 45 Disclosure of messages etc. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F135 S. 45 substituted by Interception of Communications Act 1985 (c. 56, SIF 96), s. 11(1)(4), Sch. 2

F136 S.45 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with Sch. 17 para. 63, Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F137 S. 45(2)(3) substituted (2.10.2000) by 2000 c. 23, s. 82, Sch. 4 para. 3 (with s. 82(3)); S.I. 2000/2543, art. 3 (with art. 5(2))

Marginal Citations

M15 1997 c. 50.

46 Assaults etc. on persons engaged in the business of public telecommunications operator. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F138 S.46 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with Sch. 17 para. 63, Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F139 Regulations E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F139 S. 46A and cross heading inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s.49; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 3, Sch. Pt.I.

F140 46A Powers to make regulations. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F140 S. 46A and cross heading inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s.49; Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 3, Sch. Pt.I

F141 S. 46A repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

[F142 Appeals E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F142 S. 46B and cross heading inserted (20.12.1999) by S.I. 1999/3180, reg. 3(3)

46B Appeals E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F143 S. 46B repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F144 S. 46B(1)(da) inserted (25.7.2000) by 2000 c. 7, s. 12 (with s. 14); S.I. 2000/1798, art. 2

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C27 S. 46B applied (1.2.2003) by The Electronic Communications (Universal Service) Regulations 2003 (S.I. 2003/33), reg. 6

C28 S. 46B applied (24.2.2003) by The Electronic Communications (Market Analysis) Regulations 2003 (S.I. 2003/330), reg 11

Part III E+W+S+N.I. Other Functions of Director

47 General functions. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F145 S. 47 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F146 Words in s. 47(4) substituted (1.4.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(6); S.I. 2003/766, art. 2, Sch. (with transitional and transitory provisions in art. 3)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C29 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

48 Publication of information and advice. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F147 S. 48 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F148 S. 48(3A) inserted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(7); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with art. 8)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C30 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

49 Investigation of complaints. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F149 S. 49 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F150 S. 49(2) repealed by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), ss. 134, 203(1)(3), Sch. 12 Pt. II para. 1, Sch. 20 para. 38(5), Sch. 21

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C31 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

50 Functions under 1973 and 1980 Acts. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) F151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

[F152 (2)

[F153 The functions to which subsection (2A) below applies shall be concurrent functions of the Director and the Office of Fair Trading.]

(2A)

[F153 This subsection applies to the functions of the Office of Fair Trading under Part 4 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (other than sections 166 and 171) so far as relating to commercial activities connected with telecommunications.]

(2B)

[F153 So far as necessary for the purposes of, or in connection with, subsections (2) and (2A) above, references in Part 4 of the Act of 2002 to the Office of Fair Trading (including references in provisions of that Act applied by that Part) shall be construed as including references to the Director (except in sections 166 and 171 of that Act and in any other provision of that Act where the context otherwise requires).]]

[F154 (3)

[F153 The Director shall be entitled to exercise, concurrently with [F155 the Office of Fair Trading], the functions of [F155 the Office of Fair Trading]under the provisions of Part I of the Competition Act 1998 (other than sections 38(1) to (6) and 51), so far as relating to—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

which relate to commercial activities connected with telecommunications.]

(3A)

[F153 So far as necessary for the purposes of, or in connection with, the provisions of subsection (3) above, references in Part I of the Competition Act 1998 to [F156 the Office of Fair Trading] are to be read as including a reference to the Director (except in sections 38(1) to (6), 51, 52(6) and (8) and 54 of that Act and in any other provision of that Act where the context otherwise requires).]]

[F157 (4)

[F153 Before the Office of Fair Trading or the Director first exercises in relation to any matter functions which are exercisable concurrently by virtue of subsection (2) above, that person shall consult the other.]

(4A)

[F153 Neither the Office of Fair Trading nor the Director shall exercise in relation to any matter functions which are exercisable concurrently by virtue of subsection (2) above if functions which are so exercisable have been exercised in relation to that matter by the other.]]

(5)

[F153 It shall be the duty of the Director, for the purpose of assisting the Commission in carrying out an investigation on a reference made to them by the Director by virtue of subsection (2) F158 . . . above, to give to the Commission—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

and the Commission, for the purposes of carrying out any such investigation, shall take into account any information given to them for that purpose under this subsection.]

(6)

[F159 If any question arises [F160 in any particular case as to the jurisdiction of the Director under any of the provisions mentioned in][F161 subsection (2A)] or (3) above F162 ...F163 . . ., that question shall be referred to and determined by the Secretary of State; and no objection shall be taken to anything done under—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

by or in relation to the Director on the ground that it should have been done by or in relation to [F166 the Office of Fair Trading].]

[F167 (6A)

[F153 Section 117 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (offences of supplying false or misleading information) as applied by section 180 of that Act shall have effect so far as relating to functions exercisable by the Director by virtue of subsection (2) above as if the references in section 117(1)(a) and (2) to the Office of Fair Trading included references to the Director.]]

(7) F168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F151 S. 50(1) repealed (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 {para. 13(8)(a)}, Sch. 26; S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with arts. 8, 10)

F152 S. 50(2)-(2B) substituted (20.6.2003) for s. 50(2) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 168(9), 279, Sch. 9 Pt. 2 para. 16(2); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch.

F153 S. 50(2)-(6A) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F154 S. 50(3)(3A) substituted for s. 50(3) (26.11.1998 for specified purpose and otherwise 1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, s. 54(2), Sch. 10 Pt. II para. 2(6); S.I. 1998/2750, art. 2; S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

F155 Words in s. 50(3) substituted (1.4.2003) by 2002 c. 40, s. 278, 279, Sch. 25 {para. 13(8)(b)(i)(ii)}; S.I. 2003/766, art. 2, Sch. (with transitional provisions in art. 3)

F156 Words in s. 50(3A) substituted (1.4.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 {para. 13(8)(c)}; S.I. 2003/766, art. 2, Sch. (with transitional provisions in art. 3)

F157 S. 50(4)(4A) substituted (20.6.2003) for s. 50(4) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 168(9), 279, Sch. 9 Pt. 2 para. 16(3); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch.

F158 Words in s. 50(5) omitted (26.11.1998 for specified purposes and otherwise 1.3.2000) by virtue of 1998 c. 41, s. 54(2), Sch. 10 Pt. II para. 2(8); S.I. 1998/2750, art. 2; S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch. and repealed (1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, s. 74(3), Sch. 14 Pt. I; S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

F159 S. 50(2)-(6A) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 notes 1, 5); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F160 Words in s. 50(6) substituted (3.1.1995) by 1994 c. 40, ss. 12(7), 82(2), Sch. 4 para. 3(a)

F161 Words in s. 50(6) substituted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 168(9), 279, Sch. 9 Pt. 2 para. 16(4)(a); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch.

F162 Words in s. 50(6) repealed (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 168(9), 278, 279, Sch. 9 Pt. 2 para. 16(4)(b), Sch. 26; S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with arts. 8, 10)

F163 Words in s. 50(6) repealed (3.1.1995) by 1994 c. 40, ss. 12, 81, 82(2), Sch. 4 para. 3, Sch. 17

F164 Words in s. 50(6) substituted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 168(9), 279, Sch. 9 Pt. 2 para. 16(4)(c); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch.

F165 S. 50(6)(b) substituted (26.11.1998 for specified purposes and otherwise 1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, s. 54(2), Sch. 10 Pt. II para. 2(9); S.I. 1998/2750, art. 2 ; S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

F166 Words in s. 50(6) substituted (1.4.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(8)(d); S.I. 2003/766, art. 2, Sch. (with transitional provisions in art. 3)

F167 S. 50(6A) substituted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 168(9), 279, Sch. 9 Pt. 2 para. 16(5); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch.

F168 S. 50(7) repealed (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 168(9), 278, 279, Sch. 9 Pt. 2 para. 16(6), Sch. 26; S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with arts. 8, 10)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C32 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

C33 S. 50(3) restricted (26.11.1998 for specified purposes and otherwise 1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, s. 54(2), Sch. 10 Pt. II para. 2(1); S.I. 1998/2750, art. 2; S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

51 Co-ordination of functions under Part II and wireless telegraphy functions. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F169 S. 51 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C34 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

Marginal Citations

M16 1949 c. 54.

52 Power to give assistance in relation to certain proceedings. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F170 S. 52 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F171 S. 52(5) substituted by Legal Aid Act 1988 (c. 34, SIF 77:1), s. 45, Sch. 5 para. 11

F172 S. 52(5)(a) substituted (1.4.2000) by 1999 c. 22, s. 24, Sch. 4 para. 26 (with s. 107); S.I. 2000/774, art. 2 (with arts. 3-5)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C35 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

C36 S. 52(3)(c) and (d) amended (E.W.) by S.I. 1991/2684, arts. 2(1), 4, Sch. 1.

53 Power to require information etc. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F173 S. 53 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F174 S. 53(6): para. (aa) inserted (1.9.1992) in the definition of 'relevant purpose' by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 5(2); Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order, art. 4, Sch. Pt. II

F175 S. 53(6): para. (ab) inserted (1.7.1992) in the definition of 'relevant purpose' by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 6(2); Competition and Services (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I

F176 S. 53(6): words in para. (b) substituted (31.12.1997) by S.I. 1997/2930, reg. 3(14)

F177 S. 53(6): words in para. (b) added (21.7.1998) by S.I. 1998/1580, reg. 40(2)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C37 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

C38 S. 53 applied (24.2.2003) by The Electronic Communications (Market Analysis) Regulations 2003 (S.I. 2003/330), reg. 10

54 Power to establish advisory bodies. E+W+S+N.I.

F178 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F178 S. 54 repealed (29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 31(5), 406, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with arts. 5, 11)

55 Annual and other reports. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) The Director shall, as soon as practicable after the end of the year 1984 and of each subsequent calendar year, make to the Secretary of State a report on—

(a) his activities during that year; and

(b) the Commission’s activities during that year so far as relating to references made by him.

(2) Every such report shall include—

(a) a general survey of developments, during the year to which it relates, in respect of matters falling within the scope of the Director’s functions (including, in particular, those affecting small businesses or persons who are disabled or of pensionable age); and

(b) the reports which the advisory bodies established under section 54(1) or (4) above make to him on their activities during that year.

(3) The Secretary of State shall lay a copy of every report made by the Director under subsection (1) above before each House of Parliament, and shall arrange for every such report to be published in such manner as he may consider appropriate.

(4) The Director may also prepare such other reports as appear to him to be expedient with respect to such matters as are mentioned in subsection (2) above and may arrange for any such report to be published in such manner as he may consider appropriate.

(5) In making any report under this section the Director shall have regard to the need for excluding, so far as that is practicable, the matters specified in section 48(2)(a) and (b) above.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C39 Ss. 3-7, 12-19, Pt. III (ss. 47-55) applied (with modifications) (7.1.1997) by S.I. 1996/3151, reg. 8(2), Sch. 1 para. 1

Part IV E+W+S+N.I.

56–59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F179 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F179 Pt. IV (ss. 56–59) repealed by Cable and Broadcasting Act 1984 (c. 46, SIF 96), Sch. 6

Part V E+W+S+N.I. Transfer of Undertaking of British Telecommunications

Vesting of property etc. of British Telecommunications in a company nominated by the Secretary of State E+W+S+N.I.

60 Vesting of property etc. of British Telecommunications in a company nominated by the Secretary of State. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F180 S. 60 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(a), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F181 Words substituted by Companies Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 9, SIF 27), s. 30, Sch. 2

Marginal Citations

M17 1985 c. 6.

M18 1975 c. 24.

M19 1975 c. 25.

61 Initial Government holding in the successor company. E+W+S+N.I.

(1)

[F182 As a consequence of the vesting in the successor company by virtue of section 60 above of property, rights and liabilities of British Telecommunications, the successor company shall issue such securities of the company as the Secretary of State may from time to time direct—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2)

[F182 The Secretary of State shall not give a direction under subsection (1) above at a time when the successor company has ceased to be wholly owned by the Crown.]

(3)

[F182 Securities required to be issued in pursuance of this section shall be issued or allotted at such time or times and on such terms (as to allotment) as the Secretary of State may direct.]

(4)

[F182 Shares issued in pursuance of this section—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5)

[F182 The Secretary of State may not exercise any power conferred on him by this section, or dispose of any securities issued or of any rights to securities initially allotted to him in pursuance of this section, without the consent of the Treasury.]

(6)

[F182 Any dividends or other sums received by [F184 the Treasury or] the Secretary of State in right of or on the disposal of any securities or rights acquired by virtue of this section shall be paid into the Consolidated Fund.]

(7) F185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F182 S. 61(1)-(6) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(b), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F183 Words substituted by Companies Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 9, SIF 27), s. 30, Sch. 2

F184 Words inserted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 2

F185 S. 61(7) repealed by Finance Act 1988 (c. 39, SIF 114), s. 148, Sch. 14 Pt. XI

62 Conversion of certain loans transferred to the successor company. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F186 S. 62 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(c), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F187 Words substituted by Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1, SIF 63:1), s. 844, Sch. 29 para. 32, Sch. 30 para. 6(1)

63 Government investment in securities of the successor company. E+W+S+N.I.

(1)

[F188 [F189 The Treasury or, with the consent of the Treasury, the Secretary of State may at any time], acquire—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2)

[F188 The Secretary of State may not dispose of any securities or rights acquired under this section without the consent of the Treasury.]

(3)

[F188 Any expenses incurred by [F190 the Treasury or] the Secretary of State in consequence of the provisions of this section shall be paid out of money provided by Parliament.]

(4)

[F188 Any dividends or other sums received by [F191 the Treasury or] the Secretary of State in right of, or on the disposal of, any securities or rights acquired under this section shall be paid into the Consolidated Fund.]

(5) F192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F188 S. 63(1)-(4) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(d), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 notes 1, 2); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F189 Words substituted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 3(1)

F190 Words inserted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 3(2)

F191 Words inserted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 3(3)

F192 S. 63(5) repealed by Finance Act 1988 (c. 39, SIF 114), s. 148, Sch. 14 Pt. XI

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C40 Certain functions transferred by S.I. 1986/2237, arts. 2(2)(a), 3(3)

64 Exercise of Secretary of State’s functions through nominees. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F193 S. 64 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(e), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F194 Words inserted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 4(1)

F195 Words substituted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 4(1)

F196 Words inserted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 4(1)

F197 Words inserted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 4(2)

F198 Words substituted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 4(2)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C41 Certain functions transferred by S.I. 1986/2237, arts. 2(2)(a), 3(3)

65 Target investment limit for Government shareholding. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F199 S. 65 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(e), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F200 Words substituted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 5(1)

F201 Words substituted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 5(2)

F202 Words inserted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 5(3)

F203 Word substituted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 5(3)

F204 Word substituted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 5(3)

F205 Words substituted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 5(4)

F206 Words substituted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 5(4)

F207 Words inserted by S.I. 1986/2237, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 para. 5(4)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C42 Certain functions transferred by S.I. 1986/2237, arts. 2(2)(a), 3(3)

66 Financial structure of the successor company. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F208 S. 66 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(e), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F209 Words substituted by Companies Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 9, SIF 27), s. 30, Sch. 2

F210 Words substituted by Companies Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 9, SIF 27), s. 30, Sch. 2

67 Temporary restrictions on successor company’s borrowings etc. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F211 Ss. 64-67 repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(e), 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

68 Liability of Secretary of State in respect of liabilities vesting in successor company. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) This section applies where—

(a) a resolution has been passed, in accordance with the [F212 Insolvency Act 1986], for the voluntary winding up of the successor company, otherwise than merely for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation with another company; or

(b) without any such resolution having been passed beforehand, an order has been made for the winding up of the successor company by the court under that Act.

(2) The Secretary of State shall become liable on the commencement of the winding up to discharge any outstanding liability of the successor company [F213 for the payment of pensions] which vested in that company by virtue of section 60 above.

(3) Any sums required by the Secretary of State for discharging any liability imposed on him by this section shall be paid out of money provided by Parliament.

(4) Where the Secretary of State makes a payment to any person in discharge of what appears to him to be a liability imposed on him by this section, he shall thereupon become a creditor of the successor company to the extent of the amount paid, his claim being treated for the purposes of the winding up as a claim in respect of the original liability.

(5) Any sums received by the Secretary of State in respect of any claim made by virtue of subsection (4) above in the winding up of the successor company shall be paid into the Consolidated Fund.

(6) The reference in subsection (2) above to the commencement of the winding up is a reference—

(a) in a case within subsection (1)(a) above, to the passing of the resolution; and

(b) in a case within subsection (1)(b) above, to the making of the order.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F212 Words substituted by virtue of Companies Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 9, SIF 27), s. 30, Sch. 2 and Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45, SIF 66), s. 439(2), Sch. 14

F213 Words in s. 68(2) inserted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes, 29.12.2003 for all other purposes) by Communications Act 2003, {ss. 398(3)} 411(2)(3) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts.3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

69 Dissolution of British Telecommunications. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F214 S. 69 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(f), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Miscellaneous and supplemental E+W+S+N.I.

70 Application of law in relation to offer of shares or debentures of the successor company. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F215 S. 70 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(f), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F216 Words substituted by Companies Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 9, SIF 27), s. 30, Sch. 2

F217 Words substituted by Companies Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 9, SIF 27), s. 30, Sch. 2

F218 Words substituted by Companies Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 9, SIF 27), s. 30, Sch. 2

Marginal Citations

M20 1985 c. 6.

M21 1940 c. 9 (N.I.).

M22 1940 c. 9 (N.I.).

71 Application of Trustee Investments Act 1961 in relation to investment in the successor company. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Commencement Information

I1 S. 71 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(f), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Marginal Citations

M23 1961 c. 62.

72 Tax provisions. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) [F219 ...Subject to subsection (2) below and paragraph 39 of Schedule 5 to this Act,]... the successor company shall be treated for all purposes of corporation tax [F219 ...and development land tax ]...as if it were the same person as British Telecommunications.

(2)

[F220 The successor company shall not by virtue of subsection (1) above be regarded as a body falling within section [F221 170(12) of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992] (bodies established for carrying on industries or undertakings under national ownership or control) or subsection (10) of section 23 of the M24 Development Land Tax Act 1976 (statutory undertakers); and subsection (1) above shall not be regarded as preventing the vesting in the successor company of an interest of British Telecommunications constituting a disposal for the purposes of the said section 23.]

[F222 (3) Where, in the discharge of any liability which is vested in the successor company by this Act, the successor company makes payments—

(a) to an occupational pension scheme,

(b) with a view to the provision of benefits authorised under Chapter 3 of Part 4 of the Finance Act 2004, and

(c) for persons who are employees of the Post Office,

the Taxes Acts shall have effect in relation to those payments as if those persons were employees of the successor company and in this subsection expressions which are used in Part 4 of the Finance Act 2004 have the same meanings as in that Part.]

(4)

[F220 The vesting in the successor company by virtue of section 60 above of liability for any loan made to British Telecommunications shall not affect any direction in respect of the loan which has been given by the Treasury under section [F223 581] of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act [F223 1988] (income tax exemption for interest on foreign currency securities).]

(5)

[F220 If the transfer date falls before the end of the period of three years beginning with 1st October 1981, then, for the purposes of section 29 of the M25 Value Added Tax Act 1983 (value added tax: group registration) the successor company, the Post Office and any bodies corporate resident in the United Kingdom which are subsidiaries of either of those bodies shall be eligible to be treated as members of a group from that date until the end of that period; and where, by virtue of this subsection, two or more bodies are so treated, the Commissioners of Customs and Excise shall, as soon as practicable after the end of that period, terminate that treatment from such date as may be specified in the notice.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F219 Words in S. 72(1) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F220 S. 72(2)(4)(5) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(g), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F221 Words in s. 72(2) substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the amending Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290(1), Sch. 10 para. 7 (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3)).

F222 S. 72(3) substituted (6.4.2006) by The Taxation of Pension Schemes (Consequential Amendments) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/745), art. 2

F223 Words substituted by Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1, SIF 63:1), s. 844, Sch. 29 para. 32, Sch. 30 para. 6(1)

Marginal Citations

M24 1976 c. 24.

M25 1983 c. 55.

73 Interpretation of Part V. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F224 S. 73 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(2)(h), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F225 Words substituted by Companies Act 1989 (c.40, SIF 27), s. 144(4), Sch. 18 para. 28

F226 Words substituted by Companies Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 9, SIF 27), s. 30, Sch. 2

Marginal Citations

M26 1985 c. 6.

F227 Part VI E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F227 Pt. 6 repealed (8.2.2007) by Wireless Telegraphy Act 2006 (c. 36), ss. 124, 125(1), 126(2), Sch. 9 Pt. 1 (with Sch. 8 Pt. 1)

Part VII E+W+S+N.I. Miscellaneous and Supplemental

Miscellaneous E+W+S+N.I.

93 Grants to promote interests of disabled persons. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F258 S. 93 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss {398(4)(a)}, 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3 - 6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended 8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1

94 Directions in the interests of national security etc. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) The Secretary of State may, after consultation with a person to whom this section applies, give to that person such directions of a general character as appear to the Secretary of State to be [F259 necessary] in the interests of national security or relations with the government of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom.

(2) If it appears to the Secretary of State to be [F260 necessary] to do so in the interests of national security or relations with the government of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom, he may, after consultation with a person to whom this section applies, give to that person a direction requiring him (according to the circumstances of the case) to do, or not to do, a particular thing specified in the direction.

[F261 (2A) The Secretary of State shall not give a direction under subsection (1) or (2) unless he believes that the conduct required by the direction is proportionate to what is sought to be achieved by that conduct.]

(3) A person to whom this section applies shall give effect to any direction given to him by the Secretary of State under this section notwithstanding any other duty imposed on him by or under [F262 Part 1 or Chapter 1 of Part 2 of the Communications Act 2003 and, in the case of a direction to a provider of a public electronic communications network, notwithstanding that it relates to him in a capacity other than as the provider of such a network].

(4) The Secretary of State shall lay before each House of Parliament a copy of every direction given under this section unless he is of opinion that disclosure of the direction is against the interests of national security or relations with the government of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom, or the commercial interests of any person.

(5) A person shall not disclose, or be required by virtue of any enactment or otherwise to disclose, anything done by virtue of this section if the Secretary of State has notified him that the Secretary of State is of the opinion that disclosure of that thing is against the interests of national security or relations with the government of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom, or the commercial interests of some other person.

(6) The Secretary of State may, with the approval of the Treasury, make grants to [F263 providers of public electronic communications networks] for the purpose of defraying or contributing towards any losses they may sustain by reason of compliance with the directions given under this section.

(7) There shall be paid out of money provided by Parliament any sums required by the Secretary of State for making grants under this section.

(8) This section applies to [F264 OFCOM and to providers of public electronic communications networks.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F259 Words in s. 94(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes and 18.9.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, {Sch. 17 para. 70(2)} (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2, 3(1), Sch. 1, Sch. 2 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))

F260 Words in s. 94(2) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes and 18.9.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, {Sch. 17 para. 70(3)} (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2, 3(1), Sch. 1, Sch. 2 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))

F261 S. 94(2A) inserted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes and 18.9.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, {Sch. 17 para. 70(4)} (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2, 3(1), Sch. 1, Sch. 2 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))

F262 Words in s. 94(3) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes and 18.9.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, {Sch. 17 para. 70(5)} (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2, 3(1), Sch. 1, Sch. 2 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))

F263 Words in s. 94(6) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes and 18.9.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, {Sch. 17 para. 70(6)} (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2, 3(1), Sch. 1, Sch. 2 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))

F264 Words in s. 94(8) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes and 18.9.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, {Sch. 17 para. 70(7)} (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2, 3(1), Sch. 1, Sch. 2 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))

95 Orders under the 1973 and 1980 Acts. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F265 S. 95 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes, 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Telecommunications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1) (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F266 S. 95(1)(2) substituted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 86(5), 164(2), 279, Sch. 9 Pt. 1 para. 1(2); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch.

F267 S. 95(3) substituted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 86(5), 164(2), 279, Sch. 9 Pt. 1 para. 1(3); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C43 S. 95(2)(a) amended (20.6.2003) by The Enterprise Act 2002 (Protection of Legitimate Interests) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/1592), art. 16, Sch. 4 para. 4

96 Prohibitions and restrictions applying to lessees with respect to telecommunications. E+W+S+N.I.

F268 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F268 S. 96 repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

97 Contributions by local authorities towards provision of facilities. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F269 S. 97 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes.) by Telecommunications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 398(4)(b), 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Schs. 18, 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1) (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F270 Words in s. 97(3)(a) repealed (1.4.1996) by 1994 c. 19, s. 66(6)(8), Sch. 16 para. 72(a), Sch. 18 (with ss. 54(5)(7), 55(5), Sch. 17 paras. 22(1), 23(2)); S.I. 1996/396, art. 4, Sch. 2

F271 Words repealed by Local Government Act 1985 (c. 51, SIF 81:1), ss. 1, 102(2)(3), Sch. 17

F272 Word in s. 97(3)(a) inserted (1.4.1996) by 1994 c. 19, s. 66(6), Sch. 16 para. 72(a) (with ss. 54(5)(7), 55(5), Sch. 17 paras. 22(1), 23(2)); S.I. 1996/396, art. 4, Sch. 2

F273 Words in s. 97(3)(a) repealed (1.4.1996) by 1994 c. 19, s. 66(6)(8), Sch. 16 para. 72(a), Sch. 18 (with ss. 54(5)(7), 55(5), Sch. 17 paras. 22(1), 23(2)); S.I. 1996/396, art. 4, Sch. 2

F274 S. 97(3)(aa) inserted (1.4.1996) by 1994 c. 19, s. 66(6), Sch. 16 para. 72(b) (with ss. 54(5)(7), 55(5), Sch. 17 paras. 22(1), 23(2)); S.I. 1996/396, art. 4, Sch. 2

F275 Words in s. 97(3)(b) substituted (S.) (1.4.1996) by 1994 c. 39, s. 180(1), Sch. 13 para. 133(2); S.I. 1996/323, art. 4(b)(c)

98 Use of certain conduits for telecommunication purposes. E+W

(1) The functions of an authority with control of a relevant conduit shall include the power—

(a) to carry out, or to authorise another person to carry out, any works in relation to that conduit for or in connection with the installation, maintenance, adjustment, repair or alteration of [F276 electronic communications apparatus];

(b) to keep [F276 electronic communications apparatus] installed in that conduit or to authorise any other person to keep [F276 electronic communications apparatus] so installed;

(c) to authorise any person to enter that conduit to inspect [F276 electronic communications apparatus] kept installed there;

(d) to enter into agreements, on such terms (including terms as to the payments to be made to the authority) as it thinks fit, in connection with the doing of anything authorised by or under this section; and

(e) to carry on an ancillary business consisting in the making and carrying out of such agreements.

(2) Where any enactment or subordinate legislation expressly or impliedly imposes any limitation on the use to which a relevant conduit may be put, that limitation shall not have effect so as to prohibit the doing of anything authorised by or under this section.

(3) Where the doing by an authority with control of a public sewer of anything authorised by this section would, apart from this subsection, constitute a contravention of any obligation imposed (whether by virtue of any conveyance or agreement or otherwise) on the authority, the doing of that thing shall not constitute such a contravention to the extent that it consists in, or in authorising, the carrying out of works or inspections, or keeping of apparatus, wholly inside a public sewer.

(4) Subject to subsections (2) and (3) above, subsection (1) above is without prejudice to the rights of any person with an interest in land on, under or over which a relevant conduit is situated.

(5) Without prejudice to subsections (1) to (4) above, the Secretary of State may by order provide for any local Act under or in accordance with which any conduits (whether or not relevant conduits) are kept installed in streets to be amended in such manner as appears to him requisite or expedient for securing—

(a) that there is power for those conduits to be used for [F277 the purposes of any electronic communications network or of any electronic communications service];

(b) that the terms (including terms as to payment) on which those conduits are used for those purposes are reasonable; and

(c) that the use of those conduits for those purposes is not unreasonably inhibited (whether directly or indirectly) by reason of the terms of any consent, licence or agreement which has been given, granted or made in relation to any of those conduits for the purposes of that Act.

(6) In this section “relevant conduit” means—

(a) any conduit which, whether or not it is itself an electric line, is maintained by an electricity authority for the purpose of enclosing, surrounding or supporting such a line, including where such a conduit is connected to any box, chamber or other structure (including a building) maintained by an electricity authority for purposes connected with the conveyance, transmission or distribution of electricity, that box, chamber or structure; or

(b) a water main or any other conduit maintained by a water authority for the purpose of conveying water from one place to another; or

(c) a public sewer; or

(d) a culvert which is a designated watercourse within the meaning of the M30 Drainage (Northern Ireland) Order [F278 2006] .

(7) In this section a reference to the authority with control of a relevant conduit—

(a) in relation to a conduit or structure falling within paragraph (a) or (b) of subsection (6) above, shall be construed as a reference to the authority by whom the conduit or structure is maintained;

(b) in relation to a public sewer, shall be construed, subject to subsection (8) below, as a reference to the [F279 person] in whom the sewer is vested; and

(c) in relation to a culvert falling within paragraph (d) of subsection (6) above, shall be construed as a reference to the Department of Agriculture for Northern Ireland.

(8) Where—

(a) the functions of an authority with control of a public sewer are, in pursuance of any enactment, discharged on its behalf by [F280 another person], and

(b) the [F281 other person] is authorised by the authority with control of the sewer to act on its behalf for the purposes of the matters referred to in subsection (1) above,

this section shall have effect in relation to that sewer as if any reference to the authority with control of the sewer included, to such extent as may be necessary for the [F281 other person] so to act, a reference to the [F281 other person].

(9) In this section—

• “alteration”, “street”[F282 ...and “telecommunication apparatus”]... have the same meanings as in Schedule 2 to this Act;

• “conduit” includes a tunnel or subway;

• “electric line”—

  (a)

  in Great Britain, has the same meaning as in [F283 the Electricity Act 1989]; and

  (b)

  in Northern Ireland, has the same meaning as in the [F284 Electricity (Northern Ireland) Order 1992];

• “electricity authority” means [F285 a person authorised by a licence under Part I of the Electricity Act 1989 to transmit or supply electricity] or [F286 a person authorised by a licence under Part II of the Electricity (Northern Ireland) Order 1992 to transmit or supply electricity];

• “public sewer”—

  (a)

  in England and Wales, has the same meaning as in the M31 Public Health Act 1936;

  (b)

  in Scotland, means any sewer which is vested in [F287 Scottish Water]; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, means a sewer as defined in the M32 Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order [F278 2006];

• F288 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• “subordinate legislation” means any subordinate legislation within the meaning of the Interpretation Act 1978 or any instrument, as defined in section 1 of the M33 Interpretation Act (Northern Ireland) 1954;

• “water authority”—

  (a)

  [F289 in England and Wales, means the National Rivers Authority or a water undertaker;]

  (b)

  in Scotland, [F290 means Scottish Water]; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, means the [F291 a water undertaker (within the meaning of the Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006)];

• “water main”—

  (a)

  [F292 in England and Wales, means a water main [F293 or resource main within the meaning of the Water Industry Act 1991];]

  (b)

  in Scotland, means a main within the meaning of the M34 Water (Scotland) Act 1980; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, means [F294 a water main or resource main] within the meaning of the M35 Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order [F295 2006].

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E1 This version of this provision extends to England and Wales only; separate versions have been created for Scotland only and Northern Ireland only.

Amendments (Textual)

F276 Words in s. 98(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 71(2) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

F277 Words in s. 98(5)(a) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 71(3); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

F278 Word in definition of "public sewer" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(a) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

F279 Word in s. 98(7)(b) substituted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)-(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 para. 68(1)(a), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F280 Words in s. 98(8)(a) substituted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)-(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 paras. 68(1)(b)(i), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F281 Words in s. 98(8) substituted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)-(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 paras. 68(1)(b)(i), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F282 Words in s. 98(9) repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F283 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.S.) by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(1)(3), Sch. 16 para. 29(2)(a), Sch. 17 paras. 33, 35(1)

F284 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.1992) by S.I. 1992/231 (N.I. 1), art. 95(1), Sch. 12, para. 28(a); S.R. 1992/117, art. 3(1)

F285 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.S.) by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(1)(3), Sch. 16 para. 29(2)(b), Sch. 17 paras. 33, 35(1)

F286 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.1992) by S.I. 1992/231 (N.I. 1), art. 95(1), Sch. 12 para. 28(b); S.R. 1992/117, art. 3(1)

F287 Words in definition of "public sewer" in s. 98(9) substituted (S.) (14.7.2004) by The Water Industry (Scotland) Act 2002 (Consequential Modifications) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/1822), art. 1, Sch. Pt. 1 para. 12(a)

F288 In s. 98(9) definition of "sewerage authority" repealed (S.) (14.7.2004) by The Water Industry (Scotland) Act 2002 (Consequential Modifications) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/1822), art. 1, Sch. Pt. 1 para. 12(b)

F289 Para. (a) of definition of "water authority" in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)–(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 para. 68(c)(i), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F290 Words in definition of "water authority" in s. 98(9) substituted (S.) (14.7.2004) by The Water Industry (Scotland) Act 2002 (Consequential Modifications) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/1822), art. 1, Sch. Pt. 1 para. 12(c)

F291 Words in definition of "water authority" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by virtue of The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(b) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

F292 Para. (a) of definition of "water main" in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)-(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 para. 68(c)(ii), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F293 Words in para. (a) in definition of 'water main' in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.) (1.12.1991) by Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991 (c. 60, SIF 130), ss. 2(1), 4(2), Sch. 1 para. 38(1)

F294 Words in definition of "water main" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(c) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

F295 Word in definition of "water main" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(c) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

Marginal Citations

M30 S.I. 1973/69 (N.I. 1).

M31 1936 c. 49.

M32 S.I. 1973/70 (N.I. 2).

M33 1954 c. 33 (N.I.).

M34 1980 c. 45.

M35 S.I. 1973/70 (N.I. 2).

98 Use of certain conduits for telecommunication purposes. S

(1) The functions of an authority with control of a relevant conduit shall include the power—

(a) to carry out, or to authorise another person to carry out, any works in relation to that conduit for or in connection with the installation, maintenance, adjustment, repair or alteration of [F276 electronic communications apparatus];

(b) to keep [F276 electronic communications apparatus] installed in that conduit or to authorise any other person to keep [F276 electronic communications apparatus] so installed;

(c) to authorise any person to enter that conduit to inspect [F276 electronic communications apparatus] kept installed there;

(d) to enter into agreements, on such terms (including terms as to the payments to be made to the authority) as it thinks fit, in connection with the doing of anything authorised by or under this section; and

(e) to carry on an ancillary business consisting in the making and carrying out of such agreements.

(2) Where any enactment or subordinate legislation expressly or impliedly imposes any limitation on the use to which a relevant conduit may be put, that limitation shall not have effect so as to prohibit the doing of anything authorised by or under this section.

(3) Where the doing by an authority with control of a public sewer of anything authorised by this section would, apart from this subsection, constitute a contravention of any obligation imposed (whether by virtue of any conveyance or agreement or otherwise) on the authority, the doing of that thing shall not constitute such a contravention to the extent that it consists in, or in authorising, the carrying out of works or inspections, or keeping of apparatus, wholly inside a public sewer.

(4) Subject to subsections (2) and (3) above, subsection (1) above is without prejudice to the rights of any person with an interest in land on, under or over which a relevant conduit is situated.

(5) Without prejudice to subsections (1) to (4) above, the Secretary of State may by order provide for any local Act under or in accordance with which any conduits (whether or not relevant conduits) are kept installed in [F577 roads] to be amended in such manner as appears to him requisite or expedient for securing—

(a) that there is power for those conduits to be used for [F277 the purposes of any electronic communications network or of any electronic communications service];

(b) that the terms (including terms as to payment) on which those conduits are used for those purposes are reasonable; and

(c) that the use of those conduits for those purposes is not unreasonably inhibited (whether directly or indirectly) by reason of the terms of any consent, licence or agreement which has been given, granted or made in relation to any of those conduits for the purposes of that Act.

(6) In this section “relevant conduit” means—

(a) any conduit which, whether or not it is itself an electric line, is maintained by an electricity authority for the purpose of enclosing, surrounding or supporting such a line, including where such a conduit is connected to any box, chamber or other structure (including a building) maintained by an electricity authority for purposes connected with the conveyance, transmission or distribution of electricity, that box, chamber or structure; or

(b) a water main or any other conduit maintained by a water authority for the purpose of conveying water from one place to another; or

(c) a public sewer; or

(d) a culvert which is a designated watercourse within the meaning of the M207 Drainage (Northern Ireland) Order 1973.

(7) In this section a reference to the authority with control of a relevant conduit—

(a) in relation to a conduit or structure falling within paragraph (a) or (b) of subsection (6) above, shall be construed as a reference to the authority by whom the conduit or structure is maintained;

(b) in relation to a public sewer, shall be construed, subject to subsection (8) below, as a reference to the person in whom the sewer is vested; and

(c) in relation to a culvert falling within paragraph (d) of subsection (6) above, shall be construed as a reference to the Department of Agriculture for Northern Ireland.

(8) Where—

(a) the functions of an authority with control of a public sewer are, in pursuance of any enactment, discharged on its behalf by another authority, and

(b) the other authority is authorised by the authority with control of the sewer to act on its behalf for the purposes of the matters referred to in subsection (1) above,

this section shall have effect in relation to that sewer as if any reference to the authority with control of the sewer included, to such extent as may be necessary for the other authority so to act, a reference to the other authority.

(9) In this section—

• “alteration”, “road”[F282 ...and “telecommunication apparatus”]... have the same meanings as in Schedule 2 to this Act;

• “conduit” includes a tunnel or subway;

• “electric line”—

  (a)

  in Great Britain, has the same meaning as in [F578 the Electricity Act 1989]; and

  (b)

  in Northern Ireland, has the same meaning as in the [F579 Electricity (Northern Ireland) Order 1992];

• “electricity authority” means [F580 a person authorised by a licence under Part I of the Electricity Act 1989 to transmit or supply electricity] or [F581 a person authorised by a licence under Part II of the Electricity (Northern Ireland) Order 1992 to transmit or supply electricity];

• “public sewer”—

  (a)

  in England and Wales, has the same meaning as in the M208 Public Health Act 1936;

  (b)

  in Scotland, means any sewer which is vested in [F287 Scottish Water]; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, means a sewer as defined in the M209 Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order [F582 2006];

• F288 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• “subordinate legislation” means any subordinate legislation within the meaning of the Interpretation Act 1978 or any instrument, as defined in section 1 of the M210 Interpretation Act (Northern Ireland) 1954;

• “water authority”—

  (a)

  [F583 in England and Wales, means the National Rivers Authority or a water undertaker;]

  (b)

  in Scotland, [F290 means Scottish Water]; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, means the [F584 a water undertaker (within the meaning of the Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006)];

• “water main”—

  (a)

  [F292 in England and Wales, means a water main [F293 or resource main within the meaning of the Water Industry Act 1991];]

  (b)

  in Scotland, means a main within the meaning of the M211 Water (Scotland) Act 1980; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, means [F585 a water main or resource main] within the meaning of the M212 Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order [F586 2006].

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E8 This version of this provision extends to Scotland only; separate versions have been created for England and Wales only and Northern Ireland only.

Amendments (Textual)

F276 Words in s. 98(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 71(2) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

F277 Words in s. 98(5)(a) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 71(3); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

F282 Words in s. 98(9) repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F287 Words in definition of "public sewer" in s. 98(9) substituted (S.) (14.7.2004) by The Water Industry (Scotland) Act 2002 (Consequential Modifications) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/1822), art. 1, Sch. Pt. 1 para. 12(a)

F288 In s. 98(9) definition of "sewerage authority" repealed (S.) (14.7.2004) by The Water Industry (Scotland) Act 2002 (Consequential Modifications) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/1822), art. 1, Sch. Pt. 1 para. 12(b)

F290 Words in definition of "water authority" in s. 98(9) substituted (S.) (14.7.2004) by The Water Industry (Scotland) Act 2002 (Consequential Modifications) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/1822), art. 1, Sch. Pt. 1 para. 12(c)

F292 Para. (a) of definition of "water main" in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)-(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 para. 68(c)(ii), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F293 Words in para. (a) in definition of 'water main' in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.) (1.12.1991) by Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991 (c. 60, SIF 130), ss. 2(1), 4(2), Sch. 1 para. 38(1)

F577 Word in s. 98(5) substituted (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), Sch. 9 para. 92(3)(a)

F578 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.S.) by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(1)(3), Sch. 16 para. 29(2)(a), Sch. 17 paras. 33, 35(1)

F579 Words in s. 98 substituted (N.I.) (1.4.1992) by S.I. 1992/231 (N.I. 1), art. 95(1), Sch. 12, para. 28 (a); S.R. 1992/117, art. 3(1)

F580 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.S.) by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(1)(3), Sch. 16 para. 29(2)(b), Sch. 17 paras. 33, 35(1)

F581 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.1992) by S.I. 1992/231 (N.I. 1), art. 95(1), Sch. 12 para. 28(b); S.R. 1992/117, art. 3(1)

F582 Word in definition of "public sewer" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(a) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.I. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

F583 Para. (a) of definition of "water authority" in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)–(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 para. 68(c)(i), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F584 Words in definition of "water authority" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by virtue of The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(b) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

F585 Words in definition of "water main" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(c) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

F586 Word in definition of "water main" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(c) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

Marginal Citations

M207 S.I. 1973/69 (N.I. 1).

M208 1936 c. 49.

M209 S.I. 1973/70 (N.I. 2).

M210 1954 c. 33 (N.I.).

M211 1980 c. 45.

M212 S.I. 1973/70 (N.I. 2).

98 Use of certain conduits for telecommunication purposes. N.I.

(1) The functions of an authority with control of a relevant conduit shall include the power—

(a) to carry out, or to authorise another person to carry out, any works in relation to that conduit for or in connection with the installation, maintenance, adjustment, repair or alteration of [F276 electronic communications apparatus];

(b) to keep [F276 electronic communications apparatus] installed in that conduit or to authorise any other person to keep [F276 electronic communications apparatus] so installed;

(c) to authorise any person to enter that conduit to inspect [F276 electronic communications apparatus] kept installed there;

(d) to enter into agreements, on such terms (including terms as to the payments to be made to the authority) as it thinks fit, in connection with the doing of anything authorised by or under this section; and

(e) to carry on an ancillary business consisting in the making and carrying out of such agreements.

(2) Where any enactment or subordinate legislation expressly or impliedly imposes any limitation on the use to which a relevant conduit may be put, that limitation shall not have effect so as to prohibit the doing of anything authorised by or under this section.

(3) Where the doing by an authority with control of a public sewer of anything authorised by this section would, apart from this subsection, constitute a contravention of any obligation imposed (whether by virtue of any conveyance or agreement or otherwise) on the authority, the doing of that thing shall not constitute such a contravention to the extent that it consists in, or in authorising, the carrying out of works or inspections, or keeping of apparatus, wholly inside a public sewer.

(4) Subject to subsections (2) and (3) above, subsection (1) above is without prejudice to the rights of any person with an interest in land on, under or over which a relevant conduit is situated.

(5) Without prejudice to subsections (1) to (4) above, the Secretary of State may by order provide for any local Act under or in accordance with which any conduits (whether or not relevant conduits) are kept installed in streets to be amended in such manner as appears to him requisite or expedient for securing—

(a) that there is power for those conduits to be used for [F277 the purposes of any electronic communications network or of any electronic communications service];

(b) that the terms (including terms as to payment) on which those conduits are used for those purposes are reasonable; and

(c) that the use of those conduits for those purposes is not unreasonably inhibited (whether directly or indirectly) by reason of the terms of any consent, licence or agreement which has been given, granted or made in relation to any of those conduits for the purposes of that Act.

(6) In this section “relevant conduit” means—

(a) any conduit which, whether or not it is itself an electric line, is maintained by an electricity authority for the purpose of enclosing, surrounding or supporting such a line, including where such a conduit is connected to any box, chamber or other structure (including a building) maintained by an electricity authority for purposes connected with the conveyance, transmission or distribution of electricity, that box, chamber or structure; or

(b) a water main or any other conduit maintained by a water authority for the purpose of conveying water from one place to another; or

(c) a public sewer; or

(d) a culvert which is a designated watercourse within the meaning of the M213 Drainage (Northern Ireland) Order 1973.

(7) In this section a reference to the authority with control of a relevant conduit—

(a) in relation to a conduit or structure falling within paragraph (a) or (b) of subsection (6) above, shall be construed as a reference to the authority by whom the conduit or structure is maintained;

(b) in relation to a public sewer, shall be construed, subject to subsection (8) below, as a reference to the authority in whom the sewer is vested; and

(c) in relation to a culvert falling within paragraph (d) of subsection (6) above, shall be construed as a reference to the Department of Agriculture for Northern Ireland.

(8) Where—

(a) the functions of an authority with control of a public sewer are, in pursuance of any enactment, discharged on its behalf by another authority , and

(b) the other authority is authorised by the authority with control of the sewer to act on its behalf for the purposes of the matters referred to in subsection (1) above,

this section shall have effect in relation to that sewer as if any reference to the authority with control of the sewer included, to such extent as may be necessary for the other authority so to act, a reference to the other authority .

(9) In this section—

• “alteration”, “street”[F282 ...and “telecommunication apparatus”]... have the same meanings as in Schedule 2 to this Act;

• “conduit” includes a tunnel or subway;

• “electric line”—

  (a)

  in Great Britain, has the same meaning as in [F587 the Electricity Act 1989]; and

  (b)

  in Northern Ireland, has the same meaning as in the [F588 Electricity (Northern Ireland) Order 1992];

• “electricity authority” means [F589 a person authorised by a licence under Part I of the Electricity Act 1989 to transmit or supply electricity] or [F590 a person authorised by a licence under Part II of the Electricity (Northern Ireland) Order 1992 to transmit or supply electricity];

• “public sewer”—

  (a)

  in England and Wales, has the same meaning as in the M214 Public Health Act 1936;

  (b)

  in Scotland, means any sewer which is vested in [F287 Scottish Water]; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, means a sewer as defined in the M215 Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order [F591 2006];

• F288 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• “subordinate legislation” means any subordinate legislation within the meaning of the Interpretation Act 1978 or any instrument, as defined in section 1 of the M216 Interpretation Act (Northern Ireland) 1954;

• “water authority”—

  (a)

  [F592 in England and Wales, means the National Rivers Authority or a water undertaker;]

  (b)

  in Scotland, [F290 means Scottish Water]; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, means the [F593 a water undertaker (within the meaning of the Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006)];

• “water main”—

  (a)

  [F292 in England and Wales, means a water main [F293 or resource main within the meaning of the Water Industry Act 1991];]

  (b)

  in Scotland, means a main within the meaning of the M217 Water (Scotland) Act 1980; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, means [F594 a water main or resource main] within the meaning of the M218 Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order [F595 2006].

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E9 This version of this provision extends to Northern Ireland only; separate versions have been created for England and Wales only and Scotland only.

Amendments (Textual)

F276 Words in s. 98(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 71(2) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

F277 Words in s. 98(5)(a) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 71(3); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

F282 Words in s. 98(9) repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F287 Words in definition of "public sewer" in s. 98(9) substituted (S.) (14.7.2004) by The Water Industry (Scotland) Act 2002 (Consequential Modifications) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/1822), art. 1, Sch. Pt. 1 para. 12(a)

F288 In s. 98(9) definition of "sewerage authority" repealed (S.) (14.7.2004) by The Water Industry (Scotland) Act 2002 (Consequential Modifications) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/1822), art. 1, Sch. Pt. 1 para. 12(b)

F290 Words in definition of "water authority" in s. 98(9) substituted (S.) (14.7.2004) by The Water Industry (Scotland) Act 2002 (Consequential Modifications) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/1822), art. 1, Sch. Pt. 1 para. 12(c)

F292 Para. (a) of definition of "water main" in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)-(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 para. 68(c)(ii), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F293 Words in para. (a) in definition of 'water main' in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.) (1.12.1991) by Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991 (c. 60, SIF 130), ss. 2(1), 4(2), Sch. 1 para. 38(1)

F587 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.S.) by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(1)(3), Sch. 16 para. 29(2)(a), Sch. 17 paras. 33, 35(1)

F588 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.1992) by S.I. 1992/231 (N.I. 1), art. 95(1), Sch. 12 para. 28(a); S.R. 1992/117, art. 3(1)

F589 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.S.) by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(1)(3), Sch. 16 para. 29(2)(b), Sch. 17 paras. 33, 35(1)

F590 Words in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.1992) by S.I. 1992/231 (N.I. 1), art. 95(1), Sch. 12 para. 28(b); S.R. 1992/117, art. 3(1)

F591 Word in definition of "public sewer" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(a) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

F592 Para. (a) of definition of "water authority" in s. 98(9) substituted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)–(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 para. 68(c)(i), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F593 Words in definition of "water authority" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by virtue of The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(b) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

F594 Words in definition of "water main" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(c) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

F595 Word in definition of "water main" in s. 98(9) substituted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1(2), 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(1)(c) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

Marginal Citations

M213 S.I. 1973/69 (N.I. 1).

M214 1936 c. 49.

M215 S.I. 1973/70 (N.I. 2).

M216 1954 c. 33 (N.I.).

M217 1980 c. 45.

M218 S.I. 1973/70 (N.I. 2).

99

F296 (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F297 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F296 S. 99(1) repealed (26.3.2001) by 2000 c. 26, s. 127(6), Sch. 9; S.I. 2001/1148, art. 2, Sch. Table (with art. 34)

F297 S. 99(2)(3) repealed (26.3.2001) by S.I. 2001/1149, arts. 1(2), 3(2), Sch. 2 (with art. 4(11))

F298 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F298 S. 100 repealed (6.9.1994) by Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12, SIF 96), ss. 109, 110(4), Sch. 7 Pt. III; S.I. 1994/2162, art. 2

Supplemental E+W+S+N.I.

101 General restrictions on disclosure of information. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) Subject to the following provisions of this section, no information with respect to any particular business which—

(a) has been obtained under or by virtue of the provisions of this Act F299 ...; and

(b) relates to the private affairs of any individual or to any particular business,

shall during the lifetime of that individual or so long as that business continues to be carried on, be disclosed without the consent of that individual or the person for the time being carrying on that business.

(2) Subsection (1) above does not apply to any disclosure of information which is made—

(a) for the purpose of facilitating the performance of any functions assigned F300 ... to the Secretary of State, [F301 or OFCOM by or under this Act F302 ...];

(b) for the purpose of facilitating the performance of any functions of any Minister, any Northern Ireland department, the head of any such department, [F303 the Office of Fair Trading][F304 , the Commission][F305 ; [F306 the Water Services Regulation Authority]][F307 the Director General of Electricity Supply][F308 the Director General of Electricity Supply for Northern Ireland][F309 or the Director General of Gas for Northern Ireland][F310 the Office of Rail Regulation][F311 , OFCOM][F312 , the Civil Aviation Authority] or a local weights and measures authority in Great Britain under any of the enactments [F313 or subordinate legislation] specified in subsection (3) below;

[F314 (bb) for the purpose of facilitating the carrying out by the Comptroller and Auditor General of any of his functions under any enactment;]

(c) in connection with the investigation of any criminal offence or for the purposes of any criminal proceedings;

(d) for the purpose of any civil proceedings brought under or by virtue of this Act or any of the enactments [F313 or subordinate legislation] specified in subsection (3) below; or

(e) in pursuance of a Community obligation.

(3) The enactments [F315 and subordinate legislation] referred to in subsection (2) above are—

(a) the Trade Descriptions Act 1968;

(b) the 1973 Act;

(c) the Consumer Credit Act 1974;

F316 (d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(f) the Estate Agents Act 1979; F317

(g) the 1980 Act.

[F318 (h) the Consumer Protection Act 1987.]

[F319 (i) the Consumer Protection (Northern Ireland) Order 1987.]

[F320 (i) F321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .]

[F322 (j) the Water Act 1989 [F323 , or the Water Act 2003].]

[F324 (k) the Electricity Act 1989.]

[F325 (l) the Electricity (Northern Ireland) Order 1992.]

[F326 (ll) The Gas (Northern Ireland) Order 1996;]

[F327 (m) the Railways Act 1993]

[F328 (n) the Competition Act 1998]

[F329 (o) Part I of the Transport Act 2000.]

[F330 (p) the Enterprise Act 2002]

[F331 (q) the Communications Act 2003 F332 ...]

[F333 (r) the Railways Act 2005.]

[F334 (s) the Energy (Northern Ireland Order 2003;

(t) the Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006.]

[F335 (u) the Business Protection from Misleading Marketing Regulations 2008;

(v) the Consumer Protection from Unfair Trading Regulations 2008.]

(4) F336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5) Any person who discloses any information in contravention of this section shall be guilty of an offence and liable—

(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum;

(b) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or to a fine or to both.

[F337 (6) Information obtained by [F338 OFCOM] in the exercise of functions which are exercisable concurrently with [F339 the Office of Fair Trading] under Part I of the Competition Act 1998 is subject to [F340 Part 9 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (Information)] and not to subsections (1) to (5) of this section.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F299 Words in s. 101(1)(a) repealed (8.2.2007) by Wireless Telegraphy Act 2006 (c. 36), ss. 124, 125(1), 126(2), Sch. 9 Pt. 1 (with Sch. 8 Pt. 1)

F300 Words in s. 101(2)(a) repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 72(3)(a), Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F301 Words in s. 101(2)(a) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 72(3)(b) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F302 Words in s. 101(2)(a) repealed (8.2.2007) by Wireless Telegraphy Act 2006 (c. 36), ss. 124, 125(1), 126(2), Sch. 9 Pt. 1 (with Sch. 8 Pt. 1)

F303 Words in s. 101(2)(b) substituted (1.4.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(9)(a); S.I. 2003/766, art. 2, Sch. (with transitional and transitory provisions in art. 3)

F304 Words in s. 101(2)(b) inserted (1.4.1999) by S.I. 1999/506, art. 18(b)

F305 Words inserted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)–(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 para. 68(2)(a), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F306 Words in s. 101(2)(b) substituted (1.4.2006) by Water Act 2003 (c. 37), ss. 101(1), 105(3), Sch. 7 para. 23(a); S.I. 2005/2714, art. 4(f) (with art. 5(1), Sch. 2 para. 8)

F307 Words inserted (E.W.S.) by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(1)(3), Sch. 16 para. 29(3)(a), Sch. 17 paras. 33, 35(1)

F308 Words in s. 101(2)(b) inserted (1.4.1992) by S.I. 1992/231 (N.I. 1), art. 95(1), Sch. 12 para. 29(a); S.R. 1992/117, art. 3(1)

F309 Words in s. 101(2)(b) inserted (10.6.1996) by S.I. 1996/275 (N.I. 2), Sch. 6 (with Sch. 7 paras. 2, 3(2)); S.R. 1996/216, art. 2 (with arts. 3, 4)

F310 Words in s. 101 substituted (5.7.2004) by Railways and Transport Safety Act 2003 (c. 20), ss. 16(5), 120(1), Sch. 2 para. 19(g); S.I. 2004/827, art. 4(g)

F311 Words in s. 101(2)(b) inserted (29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411, Sch. 17 para. 72(4) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/3142, art 3(1), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F312 Words in s. 101(2)(b) inserted (21.12.2001) by S.I. 2001/4050, art. 2, Sch. Pt. IV para. 17(a)

F313 Words inserted by S.I. 1988/915, reg. 7(6)(f)(i) for the purpose mentioned therein

F314 S. 101(2)(bb) inserted (1.7.1992) by Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43), s. 56(6), Sch. 1 para. 3(a); Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (Commencement No. 1) Order 1992, art. 3, Sch. Pt. I.

F315 Words inserted by S.I. 1988/915, reg. 7(6)(f)(ii) for the purpose mentioned therein

F316 S. 101(3)(d)(e) repealed (1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, s. 54(3), Sch. 10 Pt. IV para. 9(7)(a), Sch. 14 Pt. I (with s. 73); S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

F317 Words repealed by Consumer Protection Act 1987 (c. 43, SIF 109), ss. 41(2), 47(1)(2), 48, Sch. 5

F318 Paragraph (h) inserted by Consumer Protection Act 1987 (c. 43, SIF 109), ss. 41(2), 47(1)(2), 48, Sch. 4 para. 9(1)

F319 Paragraph (i) inserted (1.3.1989) after para. (h) by S.I. 1987/2049 (N.I.20), arts. 1(5), 31(5), Sch. 3 para. 6

F320 Words inserted (20.6.1988) by S.I. 1988/915, reg. 7(6)(f)(ii) for the purpose mentioned therein

F321 S. 101(3)(i) repealed (26.5.2008) by The Consumer Protection from Unfair Trading Regulations 2008 (S.I. 2008/1277), regs. 1, 30(1)(3), Sch. 2 para. 29(a), Sch. 4 Pt. 1 (with reg. 28(2)(3))

F322 Paragraph (j) inserted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)–(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 para. 68(2)(b), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F323 Words in s. 101(3)(j) inserted (1.4.2004) by Water Act 2003 (c. 37), ss. 101(1), 105(3), Sch. 7 para. 23(b); S.I. 2004/641 {art. 3(y)}, Sch. 2

F324 Paragraph (k) inserted (E.W.S) by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(1)(3), Sch. 16 para. 29(3)(b), Sch. 17 paras. 33, 35(1)

F325 S. 101(3)(l) inserted (1.4.1992) by S.I. 1992/231 (N.I. 1), art. 95(1), Sch. 12 para. 29(b); S.R. 1992/117, art. 3 (1)

F326 S. 101(3)(ll) inserted (10.6.1996) by S.I. 1996/275 (N.I. 2), art. 71(1), Sch. 6 (with Sch. 7 paras. 2, 3(2)); S.R. 1996/216, art. 2 (with arts. 3, 4)

F327 S. 101(3)(m) inserted (6.1.1994) by 1993 c. 43, ss. 150(1)(o), 152(1), 154(2), Sch. 12 para. 13(2); S.I. 1993/3237, art. 2(2).

F328 S. 101(3)(n) inserted (11.1.1999) by 1998 c. 41, s. 54(3), Sch. 10 Pt. IV para. 9(7)(b) (with s. 73); S.I. 1998/3166, art. 2, Sch.

F329 S. 101(3)(o) inserted (21.12.2001) by S.I. 2001/4050, art. 2, Sch. Pt. IV para. 17(b)

F330 S. 101(3)(p) inserted (1.4.2003) by 2002 (c. 40), ss. 278, 279, {Sch. 25 para. 13(9)(b)}; S.I. 2003/766, art. 2, Sch. (with transitional and transitory provisions in art. 3)

F331 S. 101(3)(q) inserted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 72(5) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F332 Words in s. 101(3)(q) repealed (8.2.2007) by Wireless Telegraphy Act 2006 (c. 36), ss. 124, 125(1), 126(2), Sch. 9 Pt. 1 (with Sch. 8 Pt. 1)

F333 S. 101(3)(r) inserted (E.W.S) (8.6.2005) by Railways Act 2005 (c. 14), ss. 59, 60(2), Sch. 12 para. 7; S.I. 2005/1444, art. 2(1), Sch. 1

F334 S. 101(3)(s)(t) inserted (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21), arts. 1, 308(1), Sch. 12 para. 19(2) (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

F335 S. 101(3)(v)(u) inserted (26.5.2008) by The Consumer Protection from Unfair Trading Regulations 2008 (S.I. 2008/1277), regs. 1, 30(1), Sch. 2 para. 29(a) (with reg. 28(2)(3))

F336 S. 101(4) repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 72(6), Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F337 S. 101(6) inserted (1.3.2000) by 1998 c. 41, s. 54(3), Sch. 10 Pt. IV para. 9(8) (with s. 73); S.I. 2000/344, art. 2, Sch.

F338 Words in s. 101(6) substituted (29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411, Sch. 17 para. 72(7) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F339 Words in s. 101(6) substituted (1.4.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(9)(c)(i); S.I. 2003/766, art. 2, Sch. (with art. 3)

F340 Words in s. 101(6) substituted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(9)(c)(ii); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with art. 8)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C44 S. 101 restricted (31.10.2003) by Railways and Transport Safety Act 2003 (c. 20), ss. 115, 120(1); S.I. 2003/2681, art. 2(b)

C45 S. 101(2): disclosure powers extended (14.12.2001) by 2001 c. 24, s. 17, Sch. 4 Pt. I para. 23

C46 S. 101(3)(q) modified (8.2.2007) by The Wireless Telegraphy (Pre-Consolidation Amendments) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/1391), arts. 1, 2, Sch. para. 7(4)

102 Offences by bodies corporate. E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F341 S. 102 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19(1)} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) (as amended 8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3192, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C47 Pt. VI (ss. 74-92), ss. 102, 106(4)(5), 110(1), Sch. 3 and Sch. 7 Pt. IV extended (Guernsey) (with modifications) (1.6.1994) by S.I. 1994/1064, art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I

C48 S. 102 extended (Jersey) (with modifications) (29.12.2003) by The Wireless Telegraphy (Jersey) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/3196), art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I (as amended (27.2.2004) by The Broadcasting and Communications (Jersey) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/308), art. 6(1), Sch. 2 Pt. 1)

103 Summary proceedings. E+W+S+N.I.

[F342 (1)] Proceedings for any offence under this Act which is punishable on summary conviction may be commenced at any time within twelve months next after the commission of the offence.

[F343 (2) Subsection (1) above shall not apply for the purposes of an offence under any provision of the Enterprise Act 2002 as applied by virtue of section 13B above.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F342 S. 103 renumbered (26.6.2003) as s. 103(1) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(10)(a); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with art. 8)

F343 S. 103(2) inserted (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 25 para. 13(10)(b); S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with art. 8)

104 Orders and schemes. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) Any power of the Secretary of State to make an order or a scheme under this Act shall be exercisable by statutory instrument subject, except in the case of an order under section F344 ... 110(5), ... to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of Parliament.

[F345 (1A) Section 403 of the Communications Act 2003 (procedure for regulations and orders made by OFCOM) applies to every power of OFCOM to make an order under a provision of this Act.

(1B) F346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .]

(2) Any order or scheme under this Act may make different provision with respect to different cases or descriptions of case.

(3) F347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F344 Words in s. 104(1) repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F345 S. 104(1A)-(1C) inserted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes (except in respect of s. 104(1B)) and 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Telecommunications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 17 para. 73 (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F346 S. 104(1B)(1C) repealed (8.2.2007) by Wireless Telegraphy Act 2006 (c. 36), ss. 124, 125(1), 126(2), Sch. 9 Pt. 1 (with Sch. 8 Pt. 1)

F347 S. 104(3) repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

105 Financial provisions. E+W+S+N.I.

There shall be paid out of money provided by Parliament any administrative expenses incurred by the Secretary of State in consequence of the provisions of this Act and any increase attributable to this Act in the sums payable out of money so provided under any other Act.

106 General interpretation. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—

• “the 1973 Act” means the Fair Trading Act 1973;

• “the 1980 Act” means the Competition Act 1980;

• “the 1981 Act” means the British Telecommunications Act 1981;

• “the appointed day” has the meaning given by section 2 above;

• F348 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• “the Commission” means the [F349 the Competition Commission];

• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• F350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• “the excepted liabilities” has the meaning given by section 60(2) above;

• “modifications” includes additions, alterations and omissions and cognate expressions shall be construed accordingly;

• [F351 “OFCOM” means the Office of Communications;]

• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• “the successor company” and “the transfer date” have the meanings given by section 60(1) above;

• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F352 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4) Any power conferred on the Secretary of State by this Act to give a direction if it appears to him to be requisite or expedient to do so in the interests of national security or relations with the government of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom includes power to give the direction if it appears to him to be requisite or expedient to do so in order—

(a) to discharge, or facilitate the discharge of, an obligation binding on Her Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom by virtue of it being a member of an international organisation or a party to an international agreement;

(b) to attain, or facilitate the attainment of, any other objects the attainment of which is, in the Secretary of State’s opinion, requisite or expedient in view of Her Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom being a member of such an organisation or a party to such an agreement; or

(c) to enable Her Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom to become a member of such an organisation or a party to such an agreement.

(5) For the purposes of any licence granted, approval given or order made under this Act any description or class may be framed by reference to any circumstances whatsoever.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F348 Definitions in s. 106(1) repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F349 S. 106(1): words in the definition of “the Commission” substituted (1.4.1999) by S.I. 1999/506, art. 18(a)

F350 In s. 106(1) definition of "the Director" repealed (29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F351 In s. 106(1) definition of "OFCOM" inserted (29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411, Sch. 17 para. 74 (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F352 S. 106(2)(3) repealed (5.11.1993) by 1993 c. 50, s. 1(1), Sch. 1 Pt. XIV Group 2.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C49 Pt. VI (ss. 74-92), ss. 102, 106(4)(5), 110(1), Sch. 3 and Sch. 7 Pt. IV extended (Guernsey) (with modifications) (1.6.1994) by S.I. 1994/1064, art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I

C50 S. 106(4)(5) extended (Jersey) (with modifications) (29.12.2003) by The Wireless Telegraphy (Jersey) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/3196), art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I (as amended (27.2.2004) by The Broadcasting and Communications (Jersey) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/308), art. 6(1), Sch. 2 Pt. 1)

107 Application to territorial waters and the continental shelf etc. E+W+S+N.I.

(1)

[F353 An Order in Council under [F354 section 11 of the Petroleum Act 1998] (application of civil law) may make provision for treating for the purposes of this Act and subordinate legislation made under it—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

as if they were situated in such part of the United Kingdom as may be specified in the Order; and different provision may be so made for different purposes.]

(2)

[F353 In section 6 of the M36 Continental Shelf Act 1964 (which makes, in relation to the M37 Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 and regulations made under it, provision corresponding to that made by subsection (1) above) for the words “an area or part” there shall be substituted the words “ waters to which that section applies and ”.]

[F355 (3) In relation to any time before the coming into force of the said section 23, subsection (1) above shall have effect as if—

(a) for the words “section 23 of the Oil and Gas (Enterprise) Act 1982” there were substituted the words “ section 3 of the Continental Shelf Act 1964 ”; and

(b) for the words “waters to which that section applies and” there were substituted the words “ an area or part ”.]

(4)

[F353 In this section—

• “installation” includes any floating structure or device maintained on a station by whatever means;

• “subordinate legislation” has the same meaning as in the M38 Interpretation Act 1978.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F353 S. 107(1)(2)(4) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all other purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), art. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19; S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3(3), 11)

F354 Words in s. 107(1) substituted (15.2.1999) by 1998 c. 17, s. 50, Sch. 4 para. 19(a) (with Sch. 3 para. 5(1)); S.I. 1999/161, art. 2

F355 S. 107(3) repealed (15.2.1999) by 1998 c. 17, ss. 50, 51, Sch. 4 para. 19(b), Sch. 5 (with Sch. 3 para. 5(1)); S.I. 1999/161, art. 2

Marginal Citations

M36 1964 c. 29.

M37 1949 c. 54.

M38 1978 c. 30.

108 Extension to the Isle of Man and the Channel Islands. E+W+S+N.I.

Her Majesty may by Order in Council direct that any of the provisions of this Act specified in the Order shall extend to the Isle of Man or any of the Channel Islands with such exceptions, adaptations and modifications as may be so specified.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C51 S. 108 modified (8.2.2007) by The Wireless Telegraphy (Pre-Consolidation Amendments) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/1391), arts. 1, 2, Sch. paras. 8, 9(d)

109 Amendments, transitional provisions and repeals. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) The enactments mentioned in Schedule 4 to this Act shall have effect subject to the amendments there specified (being minor amendments or amendments consequential on the preceding provisions of this Act).

(2)

[F356 The Secretary of State may by order make such consequential modifications of any provision contained in any Act (whether public general or local) passed, or subordinate legislation made, before the coming into force of the relevant provision of this Act as appear to him necessary or expedient in respect of—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3)

[F356 The Secretary of State may by order—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4) The general transitional provisions and savings contained in Schedule 5 to this Act [F357 ...and the special transitional provisions with respect to patents for inventions and registered designs contained in Schedule 6 to this Act]... shall have effect; but those provisions and savings are without prejudice to sections 16 and 17 of the M39 Interpretation Act 1978 (effect of repeals).

(5)

[F356 If it appears to the Secretary of State requisite or expedient to do so in order to secure that telecommunication services provided before the appointed day by means of any existing apparatus continue to be available after the appointed day, he may by order make provision with respect to the terms on which existing apparatus is kept installed on any premises; and such an order may, in particular—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(6)

[F356 The enactments mentioned in Schedule 7 to this Act (which include some that are spent or no longer of practical utility) are hereby repealed to the extent specified in the third column of that Schedule.]

(7)

[F356 In this section—

• “existing apparatus” means any telecommunication apparatus (within the meaning of Schedule 2 to this Act) which—

  (a)

  was installed on any premises before the appointed day, and

  (b)

  cannot, after the appointed day, be kept installed there by virtue of any right which is or may be conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code;

• “local telegraph Act” means a local Act which incorporated a telegraph company or the Bill for which was promoted by such a company; and

• “subordinate legislation” has the same meaning as in the M40 Interpretation Act 1978.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F356 S. 109(2)(3)(5)-(7) repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

F357 Words in s. 109(4) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 with transitional provisions in arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with transitional provisions in arts. 3(3), 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C52 Pt. VI (ss. 74-92), ss. 102, 106(4)(5), 109(6), 110(1), Sch. 3 and Sch. 7 Pt. IV extended (Guernsey) (with modifications) (1.6.1994) by S.I. 1994/1064, art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I

C53 S. 109(6) extended (Jersey) (with modifications) (29.12.2003) by The Wireless Telegraphy (Jersey) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/3196), art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I (as amended (27.2.2004) by The Broadcasting and Communications (Jersey) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/308), art. 6(1), Sch. 2 Pt. 1)

Marginal Citations

M39 1978 c. 30.

M40 1978 c. 30.

110 Short title, commencement and extent. E+W+S+N.I.

(1) This Act may be cited as the Telecommunications Act 1984.

(2) The following provisions of this Act, namely—

• sections 2 to 4;

• Parts II to IV;

• sections 93 to 95;

• sections 97 to 99;

• sections 101 to 103;

• section 106;

• section 109(1) and Schedule 4;

• section 109(2), (3) and (7);

• Part I of Schedule 5 and section 109(4) so far as relating to that Part; and

• Part I of Schedule 7 and section 109(6) so far as relating to that Part,

shall come into force on the appointed day.

(3) The following provisions of this Act, namely—

• Part V;

• Part II of Schedule 5 and Schedule 6 and section 109(4) so far as relating to that Part and that Schedule; and

• Part II of Schedule 7 and section 109(6) so far as relating to that Part,

shall come into force on the transfer date.

(4) Part III of Schedule 7 and section 109(6) so far as relating to that Part shall come into force on the dissolution of British Telecommunications.

(5) Subject to subsections (2) to (4) above, this Act shall come into force on such day as the Secretary of State may by order appoint; and different days may be so appointed for different provisions or for different purposes.

(6) This Act extends to Northern Ireland.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C54 Pt. VI (ss. 74-92), ss. 102, 106(4)(5), 110(1), Sch. 3 and Sch. 7 Pt. IV extended (Guernsey) (with modifications) (1.6.1994) by S.I. 1994/1064, art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I

C55 S. 110(1) extended (Jersey) (with modifications) (29.12.2003) by The Wireless Telegraphy (Jersey) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/3196), art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I (as amended (27.2.2004) by The Broadcasting and Communications (Jersey) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/308), art. 6(1), Sch. 2 Pt. 1)

C56 Power of appointment conferred by s. 110(2) fully exercised: 5.8.1985 appointed by S.I. 1984/876

C57 Power of appointment conferred by s. 110(3) fully exercised: 6.8.1985 appointed by S.I. 1984/876

C58 Power of appointment conferred by s. 110(4) not yet exercised

C59 Power of appointment conferred by s. 110(5) partly exercised: S.I. 1984/749, 876

SCHEDULES

Section 1.

F358 SCHEDULE 1 E+W+S+N.I. Director General of Telecommunications

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F358 Sch. 1 repealed (prosp.) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1)

1 There shall be paid to the Director such remuneration, and such travelling and other allowances, as the Secretary of State with the approval of the Treasury may determine. E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C60 Sch. 1 paras. 1-3: transfer of functions (1.4.1995) by S.I. 1995/269, art. 3, Sch. para. 12

2 In the case of any such holder of the office of the Director as may be determined by the Secretary of State with the approval of the Treasury, there shall be paid such pension, allowance or gratuity to or in respect of him on his retirement or death, or such contributions or payments towards provision for such a pension, allowance or gratuity as may be so determined. E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C61 Sch. 1 paras. 1-3: transfer of functions (1.4.1995) by S.I. 1995/269, art. 3, Sch. para. 12

3 If, when any person ceases to hold office as the Director, it appears to the Secretary of State with the approval of the Treasury that there are special circumstances which make it right that he should receive compensation, there may be paid to him a sum by way of compensation of such amount as may be so determined. E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C62 Sch. 1 paras. 1-3: transfer of functions (1.4.1995) by S.I. 1995/269, art. 3, Sch. para. 12

F359 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F359 Sch. 1 para. 4 repealed by Parliamentary and Health Service Commissioners Act 1987 (c. 39, SIF 89), s. 10, Sch. 2

5 In the M41 House of Commons Disqualification Act 1975 in Part III of Schedule 1 (other disqualifying offices) there shall be inserted (at the appropriate place in alphabetical order) the following entry— E+W+S+N.I.

““Director General of Telecommunications”;”and the like insertion shall be made in Part III of Schedule 1 to the M42 Northern Ireland Assembly Disqualification Act 1975.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M41 1975 c. 24.

M42 1975 c. 25.

6 The Director shall have an official seal for the authentication of documents required for the purposes of his functions. E+W+S+N.I.

7 The M43 Documentary Evidence Act 1868 shall have effect as if the Director were included in the first column of the Schedule to that Act, as if the Director and any person authorised to act on behalf of the Director were mentioned in the second column of that Schedule, and as if the regulations referred to in that Act included any document issued by the Director or by any such person. E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M43 1868 c. 37.

8 Anything authorised or required by or under this Act or any other enactment to be done by the Director, other than the making of a statutory instrument, may be done by any member of the staff of the Director who is authorised generally or specially in that behalf by the Director. E+W+S+N.I.

Section 10.

SCHEDULE 2 E+W+S+N.I. The Telecommunications Code

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C63 Sch. 2 excluded by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), s. 189(1)

C64 Sch. 2: definition applied (E.W.)(1.12.1991) by Water Resources Act 1991 (c. 57, SIF 130), ss. 221(1), 225(2).

C65 Sch. 2: definition applied (E.W.)(1.12.1991) by Water Industry Act 1991 (c. 56, SIF 130), ss. 219(1), 223(2).

C66 Sch. 2: modified by Greater Manchester (Light Rapid Transit System) Act 1991 (c. xvi, SIF 200), s.10.

C67 Sch. 2 modified (12.11.1992) by Greater Manchester (Light Rapid Transit System) Act 1992 (c. xviii), s.10

C68 Sch. 2 applied (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. xii, s. 1, Sch. Pt. IV s. 28.

Sch. 2 modified (26.5.1994) by 1994 c. vi, s. 10

C69 Sch. 2 applied (with modifications) (E.W.) (2.5.2006 for E., 11.5.2006 for W.) by The Restricted Byways (Application and Consequential Amendment of Provisions) Regulations 2006 (S.I. 2006/1177), arts. 1, 2, Sch. Pt. I

Arrangement of paragraphs E+W+S+N.I.

Paragraph

1. Interpretation of code.

2. Agreement required to confer right to execute works etc.

3. Agreement required for obstructing access etc.

4. Effect of rights and compensation.

5. Power to dispense with need for required agreement.

6. Acquisition of rights in respect of apparatus already installed.

7. Court to fix financial terms where agreement dispensed with.

8. Notices and applications by potential subscribers.

9. Street works.

10. Power to fly lines.

11. Tidal waters etc.

12. Linear obstacles.

13. Arbitration in relation to linear obstacles.

14. Alteration of apparatus crossing a linear obstacle.

15. Use of certain conduits.

16. Compensation for injurious affection to neighbouring land etc.

17. Objections to overhead apparatus.

18. Obligation to affix notices to overhead apparatus.

19. Tree lopping.

20. Power to require alteration of apparatus.

21. Restriction on right to require the removal of apparatus.

22. Abandonment of apparatus.

23. Undertaker’s works.

24. Notices under code.

25. Appeals in Northern Ireland.

26. Application to the Crown.

27. Savings for and exclusion of certain remedies etc.

28. Application of code to existing systems.

Interpretation of code E+W+S+N.I.

1 (1) In this code, except in so far as the context otherwise requires— E+W+N.I.

• “agriculture” and “agricultural”—

  (a)

  in England and Wales, have the same meanings as in the M44 Highways Act 1980;

  (b)

  in Scotland, have the same meanings as in the M45 Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1972; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, have the same meanings as in the Agriculture Act (Northern Ireland) 1949;

• “alter”, “alteration” and “altered” shall be construed in accordance with sub-paragraph (2) below;

• “bridleway” and “footpath”—

  (a)

  in England and Wales, have the same meanings as in the Highways Act 1980;

  (b)

  in Scotland, have the same meanings as in Part III of the M46 Countryside (Scotland) Act 1967; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, mean a way over which the public have, by virtue of the Access to the M47 Countryside (Northern Ireland) Order 1983, a right of way on horseback and on foot, respectively;

• [F360 “conduit” includes a tunnel, subway, tube or pipe;

• “conduit system” means a system of conduits provided so as to be available for use by providers of electronic communications networks for the purposes of the provision by them of their networks;]

• “the court” means, without prejudice to any right of appeal conferred by virtue of paragraph 25 below or otherwise—

  (a)

  in relation to England and Wales and Northern Ireland, the county court; and

  (b)

  in relation to Scotland, the sheriff;

• [F361 “electronic communications apparatus” means—

  (a)

  any apparatus (within the meaning of the Communications Act 2003) which is designed or adapted for use in connection with the provision of an electronic communications network;

  (b)

  any apparatus (within the meaning of that Act) that is designed or adapted for a use which consists of or includes the sending or receiving of communications or other signals that are transmitted by means of an electronic communications network;

  (c)

  any line;

  (d)

  any conduit, structure, pole or other thing in, on, by or from which any electronic communications apparatus is or may be installed, supported, carried or suspended;

  and references to the installation of electronic communications apparatus are to be construed accordingly;

• “electronic communications network” has the same meaning as in the Communications Act 2003, and references to the provision of such a network are to be construed in accordance with the provisions of that Act;

• “electronic communications service” has the same meaning as in the Communications Act 2003, and references to the provision of such a service are to be construed in accordance with the provisions of that Act;]

• “emergency works”, in relation to the operator or a relevant undertaker for the purposes of paragraph 23 below, means works the execution of which at the time it is proposed to execute them is requisite in order to put an end to, or prevent, the arising of circumstances then existing or imminent which are likely to cause—

  (a)

  danger to persons or property,

  (b)

  the interruption of any service provided by [F362 the operator’s network] or, as the case may be, interference with the exercise of any functions conferred or imposed on the undertaker by or under any enactment; or

  (c)

  substantial loss to the operator or, as the case may be, the undertaker,

  and such other works as in all the circumstances it is reasonable to execute with those works;

• [F363 “line” means any wire, cable, tube, pipe or similar thing (including its casing or coating) which is designed or adapted for use in connection with the provision of any electronic communications network or electronic communications service;]

• “maintainable highway”—

  (a)

  [F364 in England and Wales, means a maintainable highway within the meaning of Part III of the New Roads and Street Works Act 1991] other than one which is a footpath or bridleway that crosses, and forms part of, any agricultural land or any land which is being brought into use for agriculture; and

  (b)

  in Northern Ireland, means a [F365 road within the meaning of the Roads (Northern Ireland) Order 1993;]

• [F366 “the operator” means—

  (a)

  where the code is applied in any person’s case by a direction under section 106 of the Communications Act 2003, that person; and

  (b)

  where it applies by virtue of section 106(3)(b) of that Act, the Secretary of State or (as the case may be) the Northern Ireland department in question;

• “the operator’s network” means—

  (a)

  in relation to an operator falling within paragraph (a) of the definition of “operator”, so much of any electronic communications network or conduit system provided by that operator as is not excluded from the application of the code under section 106(5) of the Communications Act 2003; and

  (b)

  in relation to an operator falling within paragraph (b) of that definition, the electronic communications network which the Secretary of State or the Northern Ireland department is providing or proposing to provide;]

• “railway” includes a light railway;

• “the statutory purposes” means the purposes of [F367 the provision of the operator’s network];

• “street” has [F368 the same meaning as in Part III of the New Roads and Street Works Act 1991][F369 or, in Northern Ireland, the Street Works (Northern Ireland) Order 1995;]

• [F370 “signal” has the same meaning as in section 32 of the Communications Act 2003;]

• “structure” does not include a building;

• [F371 “telecommunication apparatus” includes any apparatus falling within the definition in section 4(3) of this Act and any apparatus not so falling which is designed or adapted for use in connection with the running of a telecommunication system and, in particular—

  (a)

  any line, that is to say, any wire, cable, tube, pipe or other similar thing (including its casing or coating) which is so designed or adapted; and

  (b)

  any structure, pole or other thing in, on, by or from which any telecommunication apparatus is or may be installed, supported, carried or suspended;

  and references to the installation of telecommunication apparatus shall be construed accordingly.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E2 This version of this provision extends to England and Wales and Northern Ireland only; a separate version has been created for Scotland only

Amendments (Textual)

F360 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) inserted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes, otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 2(1) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F361 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) inserted (25.7.2003 otherwise, 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 2(2) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F362 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes, otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 3(2)(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F363 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 2(3) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F364 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 113(2)(a); S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F365 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (3.6.1996) by S.I. 1996/3210 (N.I. 19), art. 6(1), Sch. 3 para. 9(a)(i); S.R. 1996/223, art. 2, Sch.

F366 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes, otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 3(1) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F367 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 3(2)(b) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F368 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 113(2)(d); S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F369 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) added (3.6.1996) by S.I. 1996/3210 (N.I. 19), art. 60(1), Sch. 3 para. 9(a)(ii); S.R. 1996/223, art. 2, Sch.

F370 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) inserted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by virtue of Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 2(4) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F371 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3) {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F372 Sch. 2 para. 1(3A) inserted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 4 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)}, Sch. 1 (with art 3 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F373 Sch. 2 para. 1(4) repealed (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1)(2), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 113(3), Sch. 9; S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F374 Sch. 2 para. 1(5) repealed (3.6.1996) by S.I. 1995/3210 (N.I. 19), art. 60(2), Sch. 4; S.R. 1996/223, art. 2, Sch.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C70 Definition of "telecommunication apparatus" in Sch. 2 para. 1 applied by Heathrow Express Railway Act 1991 (c. vii), ss. 16(5), 17(2)

Definition of "telecommunication apparatus" in Sch. 2 para. 1 applied (prosp.) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), ss. 122(1), 170(1) Sch. 6 para. 7(4)

Definition of "telecommunication apparatus" in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) applied (E.W.) (1.12.1991) by Water Industry Act 1991 (c. 56, SIF 130), ss. 219(1), 223(2)

Definition of "telecommunication apparatus" in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) applied (E.W.) (1.12.1991) by Water Resources Act 1991 (c. 57, SIF 130), ss. 221(1), 225(2)

Definition of "telecommunication apparatus" in Sch. 2 para. 1 applied (E.W.S.) by S.I. 1991/1619, art. 8

C71 Sch. 2 para. 1(2) applied (E.W.S.) by Airports Act 1986 (c. 31, SIF 9), s. 62(6)

Sch. 2 para. 1(2) applied (27.5.1997) by 1997 c. 8, ss. 212(7), 278(2)

Sch. 2 para. 1(2) applied (N.I.) (21.8.1991) by S.I. 1991/1220, arts. 1, 104(3)

Sch. 2 para. 1(2) applied (24.4.1994) by S.I. 1994/426 (N.I. 1), art. 12(5)

Marginal Citations

M44 1980 c. 66.

M45 1972 c. 52.

M46 1967 c. 86.

M47 S.I. 1983/1895 (N.I. 18).

1 (1) In this code, except in so far as the context otherwise requires— S

• “agriculture” and “agricultural”—

  (a)

  in England and Wales, have the same meanings as in the M219 Highways Act 1980;

  (b)

  in Scotland, have the same meanings as in the M220 Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1972; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, have the same meanings as in the Agriculture Act (Northern Ireland) 1949;

• “alter”, “alteration” and “altered” shall be construed in accordance with sub-paragraph (2) below;

• “bridleway” and “footpath”—

  (a)

  in England and Wales, have the same meanings as in the Highways Act 1980;

  (b)

  in Scotland, have the same meanings as in Part III of the M221 Countryside (Scotland) Act 1967; and

  (c)

  in Northern Ireland, mean a way over which the public have, by virtue of the Access to the M222 Countryside (Northern Ireland) Order 1983, a right of way on horseback and on foot, respectively;

• [F596 “conduit” includes a tunnel, subway, tube or pipe;

• “conduit system” means a system of conduits provided so as to be available for use by providers of electronic communications networks for the purposes of the provision by them of their networks;]

• “the court” means, without prejudice to any right of appeal conferred by virtue of paragraph 25 below or otherwise—

  (a)

  in relation to England and Wales and Northern Ireland, the county court; and

  (b)

  in relation to Scotland, the sheriff;

• [F597 “electronic communications apparatus” means—

  (a)

  any apparatus (within the meaning of the Communications Act 2003) which is designed or adapted for use in connection with the provision of an electronic communications network;

  (b)

  any apparatus (within the meaning of that Act) that is designed or adapted for a use which consists of or includes the sending or receiving of communications or other signals that are transmitted by means of an electronic communications network;

  (c)

  any line;

  (d)

  any conduit, structure, pole or other thing in, on, by or from which any electronic communications apparatus is or may be installed, supported, carried or suspended;

  and references to the installation of electronic communications apparatus are to be construed accordingly;

• “electronic communications network” has the same meaning as in the Communications Act 2003, and references to the provision of such a network are to be construed in accordance with the provisions of that Act;

• “electronic communications service” has the same meaning as in the Communications Act 2003, and references to the provision of such a service are to be construed in accordance with the provisions of that Act;]

• “emergency works”, in relation to the operator or a relevant undertaker for the purposes of paragraph 23 below, means works the execution of which at the time it is proposed to execute them is requisite in order to put an end to, or prevent, the arising of circumstances then existing or imminent which are likely to cause—

  (a)

  danger to persons or property,

  (b)

  the interruption of any service provided by [F598 the operator’s network] or, as the case may be, interference with the exercise of any functions conferred or imposed on the undertaker by or under any enactment; or

  (c)

  substantial loss to the operator or, as the case may be, the undertaker,

  and such other works as in all the circumstances it is reasonable to execute with those works;

• [F599 “line” means any wire, cable, tube, pipe or similar thing (including its casing or coating) which is designed or adapted for use in connection with the provision of any electronic communications network or electronic communications service;]

• F600 . . .

• [F601 “the operator” means—

  (a)

  where the code is applied in any person’s case by a direction under section 106 of the Communications Act 2003, that person; and

  (b)

  where it applies by virtue of section 106(3)(b) of that Act, the Secretary of State or (as the case may be) the Northern Ireland department in question;

• “the operator’s network” means—

  (a)

  in relation to an operator falling within paragraph (a) of the definition of “operator”, so much of any electronic communications network or conduit system provided by that operator as is not excluded from the application of the code under section 106(5) of the Communications Act 2003; and

  (b)

  in relation to an operator falling within paragraph (b) of that definition, the electronic communications network which the Secretary of State or the Northern Ireland department is providing or proposing to provide;]

• [F602 “public road” means a public road within the meaning of [F603 Part IV of the New Roads and Street Works Act 1991] other than one which is a footpath or a bridleway that crosses, and forms part of, any agricultural land or any land which is being brought into use for agriculture;]

• “railway” includes a light railway;

• [F602 “road” has [F604 the same meaning as in Part IV of the New Roads and Street Works Act 1991];]

• [F605 “signal” has the same meaning as in section 32 of the Communications Act 2003;]

• “the statutory purposes” means the purposes of [F606 the provision of the operator’s network];

• . . .

• “structure” does not include a building;

• [F607 “telecommunication apparatus” includes any apparatus falling within the definition in section 4(3) of this Act and any apparatus not so falling which is designed or adapted for use in connection with the running of a telecommunication system and, in particular—

  (a)

  any line, that is to say, any wire, cable, tube, pipe or other similar thing (including its casing or coating) which is so designed or adapted; and

  (b)

  any structure, pole or other thing in, on, by or from which any telecommunication apparatus is or may be installed, supported, carried or suspended;

  and references to the installation of telecommunication apparatus shall be construed accordingly.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E10 This version of this provision extends to Scotland only; a separate version has been created for England and Wales and Northern Ireland only

Amendments (Textual)

F596 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) inserted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 2(1) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1) (with transitional provisions in arts. 3(3), 11)

F597 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) inserted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 2(2) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1) (with transitional provisions in arts. 3(3), 11)

F598 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 3(2)(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts 3(3), 11)

F599 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 2(3) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1) (with transitional provisions in arts. 3(3), 11)

F600 Definitions of "maintainable highway" and "street" repealed (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), s. 156(3), Sch. 9 para. 92(4)(a) (i), Sch. 11

F601 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 3(1) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1) (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F602 Definitions inserted (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), s. 156(3), Sch. 9 para. 92(4)(a)(ii)

F603 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 113(2)(b); S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2.

F604 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 113(2)(c); S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2.

F605 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) inserted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 2(4) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F606 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), S. 106, Sch. 3 para 3(2)(b) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F607 Words in Sch. 2 para. 1(1) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 411(2)(3), Sch. 19 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18, Sch. 19 note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F608 Word substituted (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), Sch. 9 para. 92(4)(b)

F609 Sch. 2 para. 1(3A) inserted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and 29.12.2003 for all remaining purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para 4 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3-6 (with art. 3(2) amended 8.12.2003 by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(1), Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F610 Sch. 2 para. 1(4) repealed (1.1.1993 for E.W.S.) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1)(2), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 113(3), Sch. 9; (E.W.) S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; (S.) S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2.

F611 Sch. 2 para. 1(5) repealed (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), s. 156(3), Sch. 9 para. 92(4)(d), Sch. 11 and expressed to be repealed (3.6.1996) by S.I. 1995/3210 (N.I. 19), art. 60(2), Sch. 4; S.R. 1996/223, are. 2, Sch.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C99 Definition of "telecommunication apparatus" in Sch. 2 para. 1 applied by Heathrow Express Railway Act 1991 (c. vii), ss. 16(5), 17(2)

Definition of "telecommunication apparatus" in Sch. 2 para. 1 applied (prosp.) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), ss. 122(1), 170(1) Sch. 6 para. 7(4)

Definition of "telecommunication apparatus" in Sch. 2 para. 1 applied (E.W.S.) by S.I. 1991/1619, art. 8

C100 Sch. 2 para. 1(2) applied (E.W.S.) by Airports Act 1986 (c. 31, SIF 9), s. 62(6)

Sch. 2 para. 1(2) applied (S.) by Housing (Scotland) Act 1987 (c. 26, SIF 61), ss. 95, 335, Sch. 8 para. 11(4)

Sch. 2 para. 1(2) applied (27.5.1997) by 1997 c. 8, ss. 212(7), 278(2)

Marginal Citations

M219 1980 c. 66.

M220 1972 c. 52.

M221 1967 c. 86.

M222 S.I. 1983/1895 (N.I. 18).

Agreement required to confer right to execute works etc. E+W+S+N.I.

2 (1) The agreement in writing of the occupier for the time being of any land shall be required for conferring on the operator a right for the statutory purposes— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) to execute any works on that land for or in connection with the installation, maintenance, adjustment, repair or alteration of [F375 electronic communications apparatus]; or

(b) to keep [F376 electronic communications apparatus] installed on, under or over that land; or

(c) to enter that land to inspect any apparatus kept installed (whether on, under or over that land or elsewhere) for the purposes of the operator’s [F377 network].

(2) A person who is the owner of the freehold estate in any land or is a lessee of any land shall not be bound by a right conferred in accordance with sub-paragraph (1) above by the occupier of that land unless—

(a) he conferred the right himself as occupier of the land; or

(b) he has agreed in writing to be bound by the right; or

(c) he is for the time being treated by virtue of sub-paragraph (3) below as having so agreed; or

(d) he is bound by the right by virtue of sub-paragraph (4) below.

(3) If a right falling within sub-paragraph (1) above has been conferred by the occupier of any land for purposes connected with the provision, to the occupier from time to time of that land, of any [F378 electronic communications services] and—

(a) the person conferring the right is also the owner of the freehold estate in that land or is a lessee of the land under a lease for a term of a year or more, or

(b) in a case not falling within paragraph (a) above, a person owning the freehold estate in the land or a lessee of the land under a lease for a term of a year or more has agreed in writing that his interest in the land should be bound by the right,

then, subject to paragraph 4 below, that right shall (as well as binding the person who conferred it) have effect, at any time when the person who conferred it or a person bound by it under sub-paragraph (2)(b) or (4) of this paragraph is the occupier of the land, as if every person for the time being owning an interest in that land had agreed in writing to the right being conferred for the said purposes and, subject to its being exercised solely for those purposes, to be bound by it.

(4) In any case where a person owning an interest in land agrees in writing (whether when agreeing to the right as occupier or for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)(b) above or otherwise) that his interest should be bound by a right falling within sub-paragraph (1) above, that right shall (except in so far as the contrary intention appears) bind the owner from time to time of that interest and also—

(a) the owner from time to time of any other interest in the land, being an interest created after the right is conferred and not having priority over the interest to which the agreement relates; and

(b) any other person who is at any time in occupation of the land and whose right to occupation of the land derives (by contract or otherwise) from a person who at the time the right to occupation was granted was bound by virtue of this sub-paragraph.

(5) A right falling within sub-paragraph (1) above shall not be exercisable except in accordance with the terms (whether as to payment or otherwise) subject to which it is conferred; and, accordingly, every person for the time being bound by such a right shall have the benefit of those terms.

(6) A variation of a right falling within sub-paragraph (1) above or of the terms on which such a right is exercisable shall be capable of binding persons who are not parties to the variation in the same way as, under sub-paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) above, such a right is capable of binding persons who are not parties to the conferring of the right.

(7) It is hereby declared that a right falling within sub-paragraph (1) above is not subject to the provisions of any enactment requiring the registration of interests in, charges on or other obligations affecting land.

(8) In this paragraph and paragraphs 3 and 4 below—

(a) references to the occupier of any land shall have effect—

(i) in relation to any footpath or bridleway that crosses and forms part of any agricultural land or any land which is being brought into use for agriculture, as references to the occupier of that land;

(ii) in relation to any [F379 street or, in Scotland, road] (not being such a footpath or bridleway), [F380 as references—

• in England and Wales or Northern Ireland, to the street managers within the meaning of Part III of the New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 [F381 or the Street Works (Northern Ireland) Order 1995], and

• in Scotland, to the road managers within the meaning of Part IV of that Act; and]

(iii) in relation to any land (not being a [F379 street or, in Scotland, road]) which is unoccupied, as references to the person (if any) who for the time being exercises powers of management or control over the land or, if there is no such person, to every person whose interest in the land would be prejudicially affected by the exercise of the right in question;

(b) “lease” includes any leasehold tenancy (whether in the nature of a head lease, sub-lease or underlease) and any agreement to grant such a tenancy but not a mortgage by demise or sub-demise and “lessee” shall be construed accordingly; and

(c) references to the owner of a freehold estate shall, in relation to land in Scotland, have effect as references to the person—

(i) who is infeft proprietor of the land; or

(ii) who has right to the land but whose title thereto is not complete; or

(iii) in the case of land subject to a heritable security constituted by ex facie absolute disposition, who is the debtor in the security, except where the creditor is in possession of the land,

other than a person having a right as a superior only.

(9) Subject to paragraphs 9(2) and 11(2) below, this paragraph shall not require any person to give his agreement to the exercise of any right conferred by any of paragraphs 9 to 12 below.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F375 Words in Sch. 2 para. 2(1)(a) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)}, Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F376 Words in Sch. 2 para. 2(1)(b) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)}, Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F377 Words in Sch. 2 para. 2(1)(c) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)}, Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F378 Words in Sch. 2 para. 2(3) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(b) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)}, Sch. 1 (with art 3 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F379 Words in Sch. 2 para. 2(8)(a) substituted (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 114(a); S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F380 Words in Sch. 2 para. 2(8)(a)(ii) substituted (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 114(b); S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F381 Words in Sch. 2 para. 2(8)(a)(ii) substituted (3.6.1996) by S.I. 1995/3210 (N.I. 19), art. 60(1), Sch. 3 para. 9(b); S.R. 1996/223, art. 2, Sch.

Agreement required for obstructing access etc. E+W+S+N.I.

3 (1) A right conferred in accordance with paragraph 2 above or by paragraph 9, 10 or 11 below to execute any works on any land, to keep [F382 electronic communications apparatus] installed on, under or over any land or to enter any land shall not be exercisable so as to interfere with or obstruct any means of entering or leaving any other land unless the occupier for the time being of the other land conferred, or is otherwise bound by, a right to interfere with or obstruct that means of entering or leaving the other land. E+W+N.I.

(2) The agreement in writing of the occupier for the time being of the other land shall be required for conferring any right for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above on the operator.

(3) The references in sub-paragraph (1) above to a means of entering or leaving any land include references to any means of entering or leaving the land provided for use in emergencies.

(4) Sub-paragraphs (2) to (7) of paragraph 2 above except sub-paragraph (3) shall apply (subject to the following provisions of this code) in relation to a right falling within sub-paragraph (1) above as they apply in relation to a right falling within paragraph 2(1) above.

(5) Nothing in this paragraph shall require the person who is the occupier of, or owns any interest in, any land which is a street or to which paragraph 11 below applies to agree to the exercise of any right on any other land.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E3 This version of this provision extends to England and Wales and Northern Ireland only; a separate version has been created for Scotland only

Amendments (Textual)

F382 Words in Sch. 2 para. 3(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

3 (1) A right conferred in accordance with paragraph 2 above or by paragraph 9, 10 or 11 below to execute any works on any land, to keep [F612 electronic communications apparatus] installed on, under or over any land or to enter any land shall not be exercisable so as to interfere with or obstruct any means of entering or leaving any other land unless the occupier for the time being of the other land conferred, or is otherwise bound by, a right to interfere with or obstruct that means of entering or leaving the other land. S

(2) The agreement in writing of the occupier for the time being of the other land shall be required for conferring any right for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above on the operator.

(3) The references in sub-paragraph (1) above to a means of entering or leaving any land include references to any means of entering or leaving the land provided for use in emergencies.

(4) Sub-paragraphs (2) to (7) of paragraph 2 above except sub-paragraph (3) shall apply (subject to the following provisions of this code) in relation to a right falling within sub-paragraph (1) above as they apply in relation to a right falling within paragraph 2(1) above.

(5) Nothing in this paragraph shall require the person who is the occupier of, or owns any interest in, any land which is a [F613 road] or to which paragraph 11 below applies to agree to the exercise of any right on any other land.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E11 This version of this provision extends to Scotland only; a separate version has been created for England and Wales and Northern Ireland only

Amendments (Textual)

F612 Words in Sch. 2 para. 3(a) substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 for specified purposes and otherwise prosp.) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1) , 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

F613 Word substituted (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), Sch. 9 para. 92(4)

Effect of rights and compensation E+W+S+N.I.

4 (1) Anything done by the operator in exercise of a right conferred in relation to any land in accordance with paragraph 2 or 3 above shall be deemed to be done in exercise of a statutory power except as against— E+W

(a) a person who, being the owner of the freehold estate in that land or a lessee of the land, is not for the time being bound by the right; or

(b) a person having the benefit of any covenant or agreement which has been entered into as respects the land under any enactment and which, by virtue of that enactment, binds or will bind persons deriving title or otherwise claiming under the covenantor or, as the case may be, a person who was a party to the agreement.

(2) Where a right has been conferred in relation to any land in accordance with paragraph 2 or 3 above and anything has been done in exercise of that right, any person who, being the occupier of the land, the owner of the freehold estate in the land or a lessee of the land, is not for the time being bound by the right shall have the right to require the operator to restore the land to its condition before that thing was done.

(3) Any duty imposed by virtue of sub-paragraph (2) above shall, to the extent that its performance involves the removal of any [F383 electronic communications apparatus] from any land, be enforceable only in accordance with paragraph 21 below.

(4) Where—

(a) on a right in relation to any land being conferred or varied in accordance with paragraph 2 above, there is a depreciation in the value of any relevant interest in the land, and

(b) that depreciation is attributable to the fact that paragraph 21 below will apply to the removal from the land, when the owner for the time being of that interest becomes the occupier of the land, of any [F383 electronic communications apparatus] installed in pursuance of that right,

the operator shall pay compensation to the person who, at the time the right is conferred or, as the case may be, varied, is the owner of that relevant interest; and the amount of that compensation shall be equal (subject to sub-paragraph (9) below) to the amount of the depreciation.

(5) In sub-paragraph (4) above “relevant interest”, in relation to land subject to a right conferred or varied in accordance with paragraph 2 above, means any interest in respect of which the following two conditions are satisfied at the time the right is conferred or varied, namely—

(a) the owner of the interest is not the occupier of the land but may become the occupier of the land by virtue of that interest; and

(b) the owner of the interest becomes bound by the right or variation by virtue only of paragraph 2(3) above.

(6) Any question as to a person’s entitlement to compensation under sub-paragraph (4) above, or as to the amount of any compensation under that sub-paragraph, shall, in default of agreement, be referred to and determined by the Lands Tribunal; and sections 2 and 4 of the M48 Land Compensation Act 1961 (procedure and costs before Lands Tribunal) shall apply, with the necessary modifications, in relation to any such determination.

(7) A claim to compensation under sub-paragraph (4) above shall be made by giving the operator notice of the claim and specifying in that notice particulars of—

(a) the land in respect of which the claim is made;

(b) the claimant’s interest in the land and, so far as known to the claimant, any other interests in the land;

(c) the right or variation in respect of which the claim is made; and

(d) the amount of the compensation claimed;

and such a claim shall be capable of being made at any time before the claimant becomes the occupier of the land in question, or at any time in the period of three years beginning with that time.

(8) For the purposes of assessing any compensation under sub-paragraph (4) above, rules (2) to (4) set out in section 5 of the M49 Land Compensation Act 1961 shall, subject to any necessary modifications, have effect as they have effect for the purposes of assessing compensation for the compulsory acquisition of any interest in land.

(9) Without prejudice to the powers of the Lands Tribunal in respect of the costs of any proceedings before the Tribunal by virtue of this paragraph, where compensation is payable under sub-paragraph (4) above there shall also be payable, by the operator to the claimant, any reasonable valuation or legal expenses incurred by the claimant for the purposes of the preparation and prosecution of his claim for that compensation.

(10) Subsections (1) to (3) of section 10 of the M50 Land Compensation Act 1973 (compensation in respect of mortgages, [F384 trusts of land] and settled land) shall apply in relation to compensation under sub-paragraph (4) above as they apply in relation to compensation under Part I of that Act.

(11) In the application of this paragraph to Scotland—

(a) for any reference to the Lands Tribunal there is substituted a reference to the Lands Tribunal for Scotland and for any reference to costs there is substituted a reference to expenses;

(b) for the reference in sub-paragraph (6) above to sections 2 and 4 of the Land Compensation Act 1961 there is substituted a reference to sections 9 and 11 of the M51 Land Compensation (Scotland) Act 1963;

(c) for the reference in sub-paragraph (8) above to section 5 of the Land Compensation Act 1961 there is substituted a reference to section 12 of the Land Compensation (Scotland) Act 1963;

(d) for the reference in sub-paragraph (10) above to subsections (1) to (3) of section 10 of the M52 Land Compensation Act 1973 there is substituted a reference to subsections (1) and (2) of section 10 of the Land Compensation (Scotland) Act 1973.

(12) In the application of this paragraph to Northern Ireland—

(a) for any reference to the Lands Tribunal there is substituted a reference to the Lands Tribunal for Northern Ireland;

(b) for the references in sub-paragraphs (6) and (8) above to sections 2, 4 and 5 of the Land Compensation Act 1961 there are substituted references to Articles 4, 5 and 6 of the M53 Land Compensation (Northern Ireland) Order 1982, respectively;

(c) for the references in sub-paragraph (10) above to subsections (1) to (3) of section 10 of the M54 Land Compensation Act 1973 and to Part I of that Act there are substituted references to paragraphs (1) to (3) of Article 13 of the Land Acquisition and Compensation (Northern Ireland) Order 1973 and to Part II of that Order, respectively.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E4 This version of this provision extends to England and Wales only; a separate version has been created for Scotland and Northern Ireland only

Amendments (Textual)

F383 Words in Sch. 2 para. 4 substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F384 Words in Sch. 2 para. 4(10) substituted (E.W.) (1.1.1997) by 1996 c. 47, s. 25(1), Sch. 3 para. 22 (with ss. 24(2), 25(4)(5)); S.I. 1996/2974, art. 2

Marginal Citations

M48 1961 c. 33.

M49 1961 c. 33.

M50 1973 c. 26.

M51 1963 c. 51.

M52 1973 c. 56.

M53 S.I. 1982/712 (N.I. 9).

M54 S.I. 1973/1896 (N.I. 21).

4 (1) Anything done by the operator in exercise of a right conferred in relation to any land in accordance with paragraph 2 or 3 above shall be deemed to be done in exercise of a statutory power except as against— S+N.I.

(a) a person who, being the owner of the freehold estate in that land or a lessee of the land, is not for the time being bound by the right; or

(b) a person having the benefit of any covenant or agreement which has been entered into as respects the land under any enactment and which, by virtue of that enactment, binds or will bind persons deriving title or otherwise claiming under the covenantor or, as the case may be, a person who was a party to the agreement.

(2) Where a right has been conferred in relation to any land in accordance with paragraph 2 or 3 above and anything has been done in exercise of that right, any person who, being the occupier of the land, the owner of the freehold estate in the land or a lessee of the land, is not for the time being bound by the right shall have the right to require the operator to restore the land to its condition before that thing was done.

(3) Any duty imposed by virtue of sub-paragraph (2) above shall, to the extent that its performance involves the removal of any [F614 electronic communications apparatus] from any land, be enforceable only in accordance with paragraph 21 below.

(4) Where—

(a) on a right in relation to any land being conferred or varied in accordance with paragraph 2 above, there is a depreciation in the value of any relevant interest in the land, and

(b) that depreciation is attributable to the fact that paragraph 21 below will apply to the removal from the land, when the owner for the time being of that interest becomes the occupier of the land, of any [F614 electronic communications apparatus] installed in pursuance of that right,

the operator shall pay compensation to the person who, at the time the right is conferred or, as the case may be, varied, is the owner of that relevant interest; and the amount of that compensation shall be equal (subject to sub-paragraph (9) below) to the amount of the depreciation.

(5) In sub-paragraph (4) above “relevant interest”, in relation to land subject to a right conferred or varied in accordance with paragraph 2 above, means any interest in respect of which the following two conditions are satisfied at the time the right is conferred or varied, namely—

(a) the owner of the interest is not the occupier of the land but may become the occupier of the land by virtue of that interest; and

(b) the owner of the interest becomes bound by the right or variation by virtue only of paragraph 2(3) above.

(6) Any question as to a person’s entitlement to compensation under sub-paragraph (4) above, or as to the amount of any compensation under that sub-paragraph, shall, in default of agreement, be referred to and determined by the Lands Tribunal; and sections 2 and 4 of the M223 Land Compensation Act 1961 (procedure and costs before Lands Tribunal) shall apply, with the necessary modifications, in relation to any such determination.

(7) A claim to compensation under sub-paragraph (4) above shall be made by giving the operator notice of the claim and specifying in that notice particulars of—

(a) the land in respect of which the claim is made;

(b) the claimant’s interest in the land and, so far as known to the claimant, any other interests in the land;

(c) the right or variation in respect of which the claim is made; and

(d) the amount of the compensation claimed;

and such a claim shall be capable of being made at any time before the claimant becomes the occupier of the land in question, or at any time in the period of three years beginning with that time.

(8) For the purposes of assessing any compensation under sub-paragraph (4) above, rules (2) to (4) set out in section 5 of the M224 Land Compensation Act 1961 shall, subject to any necessary modifications, have effect as they have effect for the purposes of assessing compensation for the compulsory acquisition of any interest in land.

(9) Without prejudice to the powers of the Lands Tribunal in respect of the costs of any proceedings before the Tribunal by virtue of this paragraph, where compensation is payable under sub-paragraph (4) above there shall also be payable, by the operator to the claimant, any reasonable valuation or legal expenses incurred by the claimant for the purposes of the preparation and prosecution of his claim for that compensation.

(10) Subsections (1) to (3) of section 10 of the M225 Land Compensation Act 1973 (compensation in respect of mortgages, trusts for sale and settled land) shall apply in relation to compensation under sub-paragraph (4) above as they apply in relation to compensation under Part I of that Act.

(11) In the application of this paragraph to Scotland—

(a) for any reference to the Lands Tribunal there is substituted a reference to the Lands Tribunal for Scotland and for any reference to costs there is substituted a reference to expenses;

(b) for the reference in sub-paragraph (6) above to sections 2 and 4 of the Land Compensation Act 1961 there is substituted a reference to sections 9 and 11 of the M226 Land Compensation (Scotland) Act 1963;

(c) for the reference in sub-paragraph (8) above to section 5 of the Land Compensation Act 1961 there is substituted a reference to section 12 of the Land Compensation (Scotland) Act 1963;

(d) for the reference in sub-paragraph (10) above to subsections (1) to (3) of section 10 of the M227 Land Compensation Act 1973 there is substituted a reference to subsections (1) and (2) of section 10 of the Land Compensation (Scotland) Act 1973.

(12) In the application of this paragraph to Northern Ireland—

(a) for any reference to the Lands Tribunal there is substituted a reference to the Lands Tribunal for Northern Ireland;

(b) for the references in sub-paragraphs (6) and (8) above to sections 2, 4 and 5 of the Land Compensation Act 1961 there are substituted references to Articles 4, 5 and 6 of the M228 Land Compensation (Northern Ireland) Order 1982, respectively;

(c) for the references in sub-paragraph (10) above to subsections (1) to (3) of section 10 of the M229 Land Compensation Act 1973 and to Part I of that Act there are substituted references to paragraphs (1) to (3) of Article 13 of the Land Acquisition and Compensation (Northern Ireland) Order 1973 and to Part II of that Order, respectively.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E12 This version of this provision extends to Scotland and Northern Ireland only; a separate version has been created for England and Wales only

Amendments (Textual)

F614 Words in Sch. 2 para. 4 substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 for specified purposes and otherwise prosp.) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1) , 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M223 1961 c. 33.

M224 1961 c. 33.

M225 1973 c. 26.

M226 1963 c. 51.

M227 1973 c. 56.

M228 S.I. 1982/712 (N.I. 9).

M229 S.I. 1973/1896 (N.I. 21).

Power to dispense with the need for required agreement E+W+S+N.I.

5 (1) Where the operator requires any person to agree for the purposes of paragraph 2 or 3 above that any right should be conferred on the operator, or that any right should bind that person or any interest in land, the operator may give a notice to that person of the right and of the agreement that he requires. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) Where the period of 28 days beginning with the giving of a notice under sub-paragraph (1) above has expired without the giving of the required agreement, the operator may apply to the court for an order conferring the proposed right, or providing for it to bind any person or any interest in land, and (in either case) dispensing with the need for the agreement of the person to whom the notice was given.

(3) The court shall make an order under this paragraph if, but only if, it is satisfied that any prejudice caused by the order—

(a) is capable of being adequately compensated for by money; or

(b) is outweighed by the benefit accruing from the order to the persons whose access to a [F385 an electronic communications network or to electronic communications services] will be secured by the order;

and in determining the extent of the prejudice, and the weight of that benefit, the court shall have regard to all the circumstances and to the principle that no person should unreasonably be denied access to a [F385 an electronic communications network or to electronic communications services].

(4) An order under this paragraph made in respect of a proposed right may, in conferring that right or providing for it to bind any person or any interest in land and in dispensing with the need for any person’s agreement, direct that the right shall have effect with such modifications, be exercisable on such terms and be subject to such conditions as may be specified in the order.

(5) The terms and conditions specified by virtue of sub-paragraph (4) above in an order under this paragraph, shall include such terms and conditions as appear to the court appropriate for ensuring that the least possible loss and damage is caused by the exercise of the right in respect of which the order is made to persons who occupy, own interests in or are from time to time on the land in question.

(6) For the purposes of proceedings under this paragraph in a county court in England and Wales or Northern Ireland, section 63(1) of the County Courts Act 1984 and Article 33(1) of the M55 County Courts (Northern Ireland) Order 1980 (assessors) shall have effect as if the words “on the application of any party” were omitted; and where an assessor is summoned, or, in Northern Ireland, appointed, by virtue of this sub-paragraph—

(a) he may, if so directed by the judge, inspect the land to which the proceedings relate without the judge and report on the land to the judge in writing; and

(b) the judge may take the report into account in determining whether to make an order under this paragraph and what order to make.

In relation to any time before 1st August 1984, the reference in this sub-paragraph to section 63(1) of the County Courts Act 1984 shall have effect as a reference to section 91(1) of the M56 County Courts Act 1959.

(7) Where an order under this paragraph, for the purpose of conferring any right or making provision for a right to bind any person or any interest in land, dispenses with the need for the agreement of any person, the order shall have the same effect and incidents as the agreement of the person the need for whose agreement is dispensed with and accordingly (without prejudice to the foregoing) shall be capable of variation or release by a subsequent agreement.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F385 Words in Sch. 2 para. 5 substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(c) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. 2(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M55 S.I. 1980/397 (N.I. 3).

M56 1959 c. 22.

Acquisition of rights in respect of apparatus already installed E+W+S+N.I.

6 (1) The following provisions of this paragraph apply where the operator gives notice under paragraph 5(1) above to any person and— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) that notice requires that person’s agreement in respect of a right which is to be exercisable (in whole or in part) in relation to [F386 electronic communications apparatus] already kept installed on, under or over the land in question, and

(b) that person is entitled to require the removal of that apparatus but, by virtue of paragraph 21 below, is not entitled to enforce its removal.

(2) The court may, on the application of the operator, confer on the operator such temporary rights as appear to the court reasonably necessary for securing that, pending the determination of any proceedings under paragraph 5 above or paragraph 21 below, the service provided by the operator’s [F387 network] is maintained and the apparatus properly adjusted and kept in repair.

(3) In any case where it is shown that a person with an interest in the land was entitled to require the removal of the apparatus immediately after it was installed, the court shall, in determining for the purposes of paragraph 5 above whether the apparatus should continue to be kept installed on, under or over the land, disregard the fact that the apparatus has already been installed there.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F386 Words in Sch. 2 para. 6 substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(c) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)}, Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F387 Word in Sch. 2 para. 6 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406, 408, 411, Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

Court to fix financial terms where agreement dispensed with E+W+S+N.I.

7 (1) The terms and conditions specified by virtue of sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph 5 above in an order under that paragraph dispensing with the need for a person’s agreement, shall include— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) such terms with respect to the payment of consideration in respect of the giving of the agreement, or the exercise of the rights to which the order relates, as it appears to the court would have been fair and reasonable if the agreement had been given willingly and subject to the other provisions of the order; and

(b) such terms as appear to the court appropriate for ensuring that that person and persons from time to time bound by virtue of paragraph 2(4) above by the rights to which the order relates are adequately compensated (whether by the payment of such consideration or otherwise) for any loss or damage sustained by them in consequence of the exercise of those rights.

(2) In determining what terms should be specified in an order under paragraph 5 above for requiring an amount to be paid to any person in respect of—

(a) the provisions of that order conferring any right or providing for any right to bind any person or any interest in land, or

(b) the exercise of any right to which the order relates,

the court shall take into account the prejudicial effect (if any) of the order or, as the case may be, of the exercise of the right on that person’s enjoyment of, or on any interest of his in, land other than the land in relation to which the right is conferred.

(3) In determining what terms should be specified in an order under paragraph 5 above for requiring an amount to be paid to any person, the court shall, in a case where the order is made in consequence of an application made in connection with proceedings under paragraph 21 below, take into account, to such extent as it thinks fit, any period during which that person—

(a) was entitled to require the removal of any [F388 electronic communications apparatus] from the land in question, but

(b) by virtue of paragraph 21 below, was not entitled to enforce its removal;

but where the court takes any such period into account, it may also take into account any compensation paid under paragraph 4(4) above.

(4) The terms specified by virtue of sub-paragraph (1) above in an order under paragraph 5 above may provide—

(a) for the making of payments from time to time to such persons as may be determined under those terms; and

(b) for questions arising in consequence of those terms (whether as to the amount of any loss or damage caused by the exercise of a right or otherwise) to be referred to arbitration or to be determined in such other manner as may be specified in the order.

(5) The court may, if it thinks fit—

(a) where the amount of any sum required to be paid by virtue of terms specified in an order under paragraph 5 above has been determined, require the whole or any part of any such sum to be paid into court;

(b) pending the determination of the amount of any such sum, order the payment into court of such amount on account as the court thinks fit.

(6) Where terms specified in an order under paragraph 5 above require the payment of any sum to a person who cannot be found or ascertained, that sum shall be paid into court.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F388 Words in Sch. 2 para. 7 substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)}, Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Notices and applications by potential subscribers E+W+S+N.I.

8 (1) Where— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) it is reasonably necessary for the agreement of any person to the conferring of any right, or to any right’s binding any person or any interest in land, to be obtained by the operator before another person (“the potential subscriber”) may be afforded access to the operator’s [F389 network], and

(b) the operator has not given a notice or (if he has given a notice) has not made an application in respect of that right under paragraph 5 above,

the potential subscriber may at any time give a notice to the operator requiring him to give a notice or make an application under paragraph 5 above in respect of that right.

(2) At any time after notice has been given to the operator under sub-paragraph (1) above, the operator may apply to the court to have the notice set aside on the ground that the conditions mentioned in that sub-paragraph are not satisfied or on the ground that, even if the agreement were obtained, the operator would not afford the potential subscriber access to the operator’s [F389 network] and could not be required to afford him access to that [F389 network].

(3) Subject to any order of the court made in or pending any proceedings under sub-paragraph (2) above, if at any time after the expiration of the period of 28 days beginning with the giving to the operator of a notice under sub-paragraph (1) above the operator has not complied with the notice, the potential subscriber may himself, on the operator’s behalf, give the required notice and (if necessary) make an application under paragraph 5 above or, as the case may be, make the required application.

(4) The court may, on an application made by virtue of sub-paragraph (3) above, give such directions as it thinks fit—

(a) with respect to the separate participation of the operator in the proceedings to which the application gives rise, and

(b) requiring the operator to provide information to the court.

(5) A covenant, condition or agreement which would have the effect of preventing or restricting the taking by any person as a potential subscriber of any step under this paragraph shall be void to the extent that it would have that effect.

(6) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as requiring the operator to reimburse the potential subscriber for any costs incurred by the potential subscriber in or in connection with the taking of any step under this paragraph on the operator’s behalf.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F389 Words in Sch. 2 para. 8 substituted (25.7.2003 for specified purposes otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)}, Sch. 1 (with art. 3) (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Street works E+W+S+N.I.

9 (1) The operator shall, for the statutory purposes, have the right to do any of the following things, that is to say— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) install [F390 electronic communications apparatus], or keep [F390 electronic communications apparatus] installed, under, over, [F391 in, on,] along or across [F392 a street or, in Scotland, a road];

(b) inspect, maintain, adjust, repair or alter any [F390 electronic communications apparatus] so installed; and

(c) execute any works requisite for or incidental to the purposes of any works falling within paragraph (a) or (b) above, including for those purposes the following kinds of works, that is to say—

(i) breaking up or opening [F392 a street or, in Scotland, a road];

(ii) tunnelling or boring under [F392 a street or, in Scotland, a road]; and

(iii) breaking up or opening a sewer, drain or tunnel;

F393 . . .

(2) This paragraph has effect subject to [F394 ...section 11(1) of this Act,]... paragraph 3 above and the following provisions of this code, and the rights conferred by this paragraph shall not be exercisable [F395 in a street which is not a maintainable highway or, in Scotland, a road which is not a public road] without either the agreement required by paragraph 2 above or an order of the court under paragraph 5 above dispensing with the need for that agreement.

F396 (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F390 Words in Sch. 2 para. 9 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)}, Sch. 1 (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F391 Words in Sch. 2 para. 9(1) inserted (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c.22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 115(2); S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F392 Words in Sch. 2 para. 9(1) substituted (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 115(2); S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F393 Words in Sch. 2 para. 9(1) repealed (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(2), Sch. 9; S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F394 Words in Sch. 3 para 9(2) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F395 Words in Sch. 2 para. 9(2) substituted (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, SIF 108), s. 168(1), Sch. 8 Pt. IV para. 115(3); S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F396 Sch. 2 para. 9(3) repealed (N.I.) (18.11.2001) by S.I. 1995/3210 (N.I. 19), art. 60(2), Sch. 4; S.R. 2001/388, art. 2, Sch.

Power to fly lines E+W+S+N.I.

10 (1) Subject to paragraph 3 above and the following provisions of this code, where any [F397 electronic communications apparatus] is kept installed on or over any land for the purposes of the operator’s [F398 network], the operator shall, for the statutory purposes, have the right to install and keep installed lines which— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) pass over other land adjacent to or in the vicinity of the land on or over which that apparatus is so kept;

(b) are connected to that apparatus; and

(c) are not at any point in the course of passing over the other land less than 3 metres above the ground or within 2 metres of any building over which they pass.

(2) Nothing in sub-paragraph (1) above shall authorise the installation or keeping on or over any land of—

(a) any [F397 electronic communications apparatus] used to support, carry or suspend a line installed in pursuance of that sub-paragraph; or

(b) any line which by reason of its position interferes with the carrying on of any business [F399 ...(within the meaning of section 6 of this Act)]... carried on on that land.

[F400 (3) In this paragraph “business” includes a trade, profession or employment and includes any activity carried on by a body of persons (whether corporate or unincorporate).]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F397 Words in Sch. 2 para. 10 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, art. {2(1)}, (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F398 Word in Sch. 2 para. 10 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406, 408, 411, Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

F399 Words in Sch. 3 para 10(2)(b) repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003, (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, {Sch. 19(1)} (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

F400 Sch. 2 para. 10(3) inserted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406, 408, 411, Sch. 3 para. 6 (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

Tidal waters etc. E+W+S+N.I.

11 (1) Subject to paragraph 3 above and the following provisions of this code, the operator shall have the right for the statutory purposes— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) to execute any works (including placing any buoy or sea-mark) on any tidal water or lands for or in connection with the installation, maintenance, adjustment, repair or alteration of [F401 electronic communications apparatus];

(b) to keep [F401 electronic communications apparatus] installed on, under or over tidal water or lands; and

(c) to enter any tidal water or lands to inspect any [F401 electronic communications apparatus] so installed.

(2) A right conferred by this paragraph shall not be exercised in relation to any land in which a Crown interest, within the meaning of paragraph 26 below, subsists unless agreement to the exercise of the right in relation to that land has been given, in accordance with sub-paragraph (3) of that paragraph, in respect of that interest.

(3) Before executing any works in exercise of a right conferred by this paragraph the operator (not being the Secretary of State) shall submit a plan of the proposed works to the Secretary of State for the Secretary of State’s approval.

(4) Sub-paragraph (3) above shall not apply to the execution of any emergency works, but as soon as practicable after commencing any emergency works on any tidal water or lands the operator (not being the Secretary of State) shall submit a plan of those works to the Secretary of State for the Secretary of State’s approval.

(5) As soon as reasonably practicable after a plan is submitted to him under sub-paragraph (3) or (4) above the Secretary of State shall, after consulting such authorities exercising functions in relation to the tidal water or lands in question as it appears to him appropriate to consult, consider whether to approve it; and, if he does approve it, he may do so subject to such modifications and conditions and on such terms as he thinks fit.

(6) The Secretary of State shall not approve a plan submitted to him under sub-paragraph (3) or (4) above unless he is satisfied that adequate arrangements have been made for compensating any persons appearing to him to be owners of interests in the tidal water or lands in question for any loss or damage sustained by those persons in consequence of the execution of the works to which the plan relates.

(7) If—

(a) the operator (not being the Secretary of State) executes any works in exercise of a right conferred by this paragraph, but

(b) those works are executed otherwise than in accordance with a plan approved by the Secretary of State (including, in the case of emergency works, where works already commenced are not approved) or a condition on which any approval of the Secretary of State is given is or has been contravened,

the Secretary of State may by notice require the operator to execute such remedial works as the Secretary of State thinks appropriate having regard to the terms and conditions of any approval that he has given and, if those works are not executed in accordance with the notice, may execute them himself at the operator’s expense.

(8) Where, as the result—

(a) of the failure of the operator (not being the Secretary of State) reasonably to maintain any [F401 electronic communications apparatus] kept installed for the purposes of the operator’s [F402 network] on, under or over any tidal water or lands, or

(b) of the abandonment by the operator of any such apparatus,

it appears to the Secretary of State that any remedial works should be executed, he may by notice require the operator to execute those works and, if those works are not executed in accordance with the notice, may execute them himself at the operator’s expense.

(9) The Secretary of State shall have power for the purposes of exercising his functions (other than as the operator) under this paragraph, and of determining whether to exercise those functions, to cause a survey or examination to be carried out, at the operator’s expense, of any works or apparatus or of the site or proposed site of any works or apparatus.

(10) Where the Secretary of State is authorised by this paragraph to do any thing at the operator’s expense, the expenses incurred by the Secretary of State in or in connection with the doing of that thing shall be recoverable by the Secretary of State from the operator in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(11) In this paragraph—

• “remedial works” includes any works of repair or restoration, the alteration of any apparatus and any works to restore the site of any apparatus to its original condition;

• “tidal water or lands” includes any estuary or branch of the sea, the shore below mean high water springs and the bed of any tidal water.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F401 Words in Sch. 2 para. 11 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F402 Words in Sch. 2 para. 11 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Linear obstacles E+W+S+N.I.

12 (1) Subject to the following provisions of this code, the operator shall, for the statutory purposes, have the right in order to cross any relevant land with a line, to install and keep the line and other [F403 electronic communications apparatus] on, under or over that land and— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) to execute any works on that land for or in connection with the installation, maintenance, adjustment, repair or alteration of that line or the other [F403 electronic communications apparatus]; and

(b) to enter on that land to inspect the line or the other apparatus.

(2) A line installed in pursuance of any right conferred by this paragraph need not cross the relevant land in question by a direct route or by the shortest route from the point at which the line enters that land, but it shall not cross that land by any route which, in the horizontal plane, exceeds the said shortest route by more than 400 metres.

(3) [F403 Electronic communications apparatus] shall not be installed in pursuance of any right conferred by this paragraph in any position on the relevant land in which it interferes with traffic on the railway, canal or tramway on that land.

(4) The operator shall not execute any works on any land in pursuance of any right conferred by this paragraph unless—

(a) he has given the person with control of the land 28 days’ notice of his intentions to do so; or

(b) the works are emergency works.

(5) A notice under sub-paragraph (4) above shall contain a plan and section of the proposed works or (in lieu of a plan and section) any description of the proposed works (whether or not in the form of a diagram) which the person with control of the land has agreed to accept for the purposes of this sub-paragraph.

(6) If, at any time before a notice under sub-paragraph (4) above expires, the person with control of the land gives the operator notice of objection to the works, the operator shall be entitled to execute the works only—

(a) if, within the period of 28 days beginning with the giving of the notice of objection, neither the operator nor that person has given notice to the other requiring him to agree to an arbitrator to whom the objection may be referred under paragraph 13 below; or

(b) in accordance with an award made on such a reference; or

(c) to the extent that the works have at any time become emergency works.

(7) If the operator exercises any power conferred by this paragraph to execute emergency works on any land, he shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after commencing those works, give the person with control of the land a notice identifying the works and containing—

(a) a statement of the reason why the works are emergency works; and

(b) either the matters which would be required to be contained in a notice under sub-paragraph (4) above with respect to those works or, as the case may require, a reference to an earlier notice under that sub-paragraph with respect to those works.

(8) If within the period of 28 days beginning with the giving of a notice under sub-paragraph (7) above the person to whom that notice was given gives a notice to the operator requiring him to pay compensation, the operator shall be liable to pay that person compensation in respect of loss or damage sustained in consequence of the carrying out of the emergency works in question; and any question as to the amount of that compensation shall, in default of agreement, be referred to arbitration under paragraph 13 below.

(9) If the operator commences the execution of any works in contravention of any provision of this paragraph, he shall be guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding level 3 on the standard scale.

(10) In this paragraph “relevant land” means land which is used wholly or mainly either as a railway, canal or tramway or in connection with a railway, canal or tramway on that land, and a reference to the person with control of any such land is a reference to the person carrying on the railway, canal or tramway undertaking in question.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F403 Words in Sch. 2 para. 12 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Arbitration in relation to linear obstacles E+W+S+N.I.

13 (1) Any objection or question which, in accordance with paragraph 12 above, is referred to the arbitration of a single arbitrator appointed by agreement between the parties concerned or, in default of agreement, by the President of the Institution of Civil Engineers. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) Where an objection under paragraph 12 above is referred to arbitration under this paragraph the arbitrator shall have the power—

(a) to require the operator to submit to the arbitrator a plan and section in such form as the arbitrator may think requisite for the purposes of the arbitration;

(b) to require the observations on any such plan or section of the person who objects to the works to be submitted to the arbitrator in such form as the arbitrator may think requisite for those purposes;

(c) to direct the operator or that person to furnish him with such information and to comply with such other requirements as the arbitrator may think requisite for those purposes;

(d) to make an award requiring modifications to the proposed works and specifying the terms on which and the conditions subject to which the works may be executed; and

(e) to award such sum as the arbitrator may determine in respect of one or both of the following matters, that is to say—

(i) compensation to the person who objects to the works in respect of loss or damage sustained by that person in consequence of the carrying out of the works, and

(ii) consideration payable to that person for the right to carry out the works.

(3) Where a question as to compensation in respect of emergency works is referred to arbitration under this paragraph, the arbitrator—

(a) shall have the power to direct the operator or the person who requires the payment of compensation to furnish him with such information and to comply with such other requirements as the arbitrator may think requisite for the purposes of the arbitration; and

(b) shall award to the person requiring the payment of compensation such sum (if any) as the arbitrator may determine in respect of the loss or damage sustained by that person in consequence of the carrying out of the emergency works in question.

(4) The arbitrator may treat compliance with any requirement made in pursuance of sub-paragraph (2)(a) to (c) or (3)(a) above as a condition of his making an award.

(5) In determining what award to make on a reference under this paragraph, the arbitrator shall have regard to all the circumstances and to the principle that no person should unreasonably be denied access to [F404 an electronic communications network or to electronic communications services].

(6) For the purposes of the making of an award under this paragraph—

(a) the references in sub-paragraphs (2)(e) and (3)(b) above to loss shall, in relation to a person carrying on a railway, canal or tramway undertaking, include references to any increase in the expenses of carrying on that undertaking; and

(b) the consideration mentioned in sub-paragraph (2)(e) above shall be determined on the basis of what would have been fair and reasonable if the person who objects to the works had given his authority willingly for the works to be executed on the same terms and subject to the same conditions (if any) as are contained in the award.

(7) In the application of this paragraph to Scotland, the reference to an arbitrator shall have effect as a reference to an arbiter and the arbiter may and, if so directed by the Court of Session, shall state a case for the decision of that Court on any question of law arising in the arbitration.

F405 (8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F404 Words in Sch. 2 para. 13 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(c) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F405 Sch. 2 para. 13(8) repealed (31.1.1997) by 1996 c. 23, s. 107(2), Sch. 4 (with s. 81(2)); S.I. 1996/3146, art. 3 (with Sch. 2)

Alteration of apparatus crossing a linear obstacle E+W+S+N.I.

14 (1) Without prejudice to the following provisions of this code, the person with control of any relevant land may, on the ground that any [F406 electronic communications apparatus] kept installed on, under or over that land for the purposes of the operator’s [F407 network] interferes, or is likely to interfere, with— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) the carrying on of the railway, canal or tramway undertaking carried on by that person, or

(b) anything done or to be done for the purposes of that undertaking,

give notice to the operator requiring him to alter that apparatus.

(2) The operator shall within a reasonable time and to the reasonable satisfaction of the person giving the notice comply with a notice under sub-paragraph (1) above unless before the expiration of the period of 28 days beginning with the giving of the notice he gives a counter-notice to the person with control of the land in question specifying the respects in which he is not prepared to comply with the original notice.

(3) Where a counter-notice has been given under sub-paragraph (2) above the operator shall not be required to comply with the original notice but the person with control of the relevant land may apply to the court for an order requiring the alteration of any [F406 electronic communications apparatus] to which the notice relates.

(4) The court shall not make an order under this paragraph unless it is satisfied that the order is necessary on one of the grounds mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) above and in determining whether to make such an order the court shall also have regard to all the circumstances and to the principle that no person should unreasonably be denied access to [F408 an electronic communications network or to electronic communications services].

(5) An order under this paragraph may take such form and be on such terms as the court thinks fit and may impose such conditions and may contain such directions to the operator or the person with control of the land in question as the court thinks necessary for resolving any difference between the operator and that person and for protecting their respective interests.

(6) In this paragraph references to relevant land and to the person with control of such land have the same meaning as in paragraph 12 above.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F406 Words in Sch. 2 para. 14 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F407 Words in Sch. 2 para. 14 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F408 Words in Sch. 2 para. 14 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(c) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Use of certain conduits E+W+S+N.I.

15 (1) Nothing in the preceding provisions of this code shall authorise the doing of anything inside a relevant conduit without the agreement of the authority with control of that conduit. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) The agreement of the authority with control of a public sewer shall be sufficient in all cases to confer a right falling within any of the preceding provisions of this code where the right is to be exercised wholly inside that sewer.

(3) In this paragraph—

(a) “relevant conduit” and “public sewer” have the same meanings as in section 98 of this Act; and

(b) a reference to the authority with control of a relevant conduit shall be construed in accordance with subsections (7) and (8) of that section.

Compensation for injurious affection to neighbouring land etc. E+W+S+N.I.

16 (1) Where a right conferred by or in accordance with any of the preceding provisions of this code is exercised, compensation shall be payable by the operator under section 10 of the M57 Compulsory Purchase Act 1965 (compensation for injurious affection to neighbouring land etc.) as if that section had effect in relation to injury caused by the exercise of such a right as it has effect in relation to injury caused by the execution of works on land that has been compulsorily purchased. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) above shall not confer any entitlement to compensation on any person in respect of the exercise of a right conferred in accordance with paragraph 2 or 3 above, if that person conferred the right or is bound by it by virtue of paragraph 2(2)(b) or (d) above, but, save as aforesaid, the entitlement of any person to compensation under this paragraph shall be determined irrespective of his ownership of any interest in the land where the right is exercised.

(3) Compensation shall not be payable on any claim for compensation under this paragraph unless the amount of the compensation exceeds £50.

(4) In the application of this paragraph to Scotland—

(a) for any reference in sub-paragraph (1) to section 10 of the M58 Compulsory Purchase Act 1965 there is substituted a reference to section 6 of the M59 Railway Clauses Consolidation (Scotland) Act 1845;

(b) for the reference in that sub-paragraph to land that has been compulsorily purchased there is substituted a reference to land that has been taken or used for the purpose of a railway;

(c) any question as to a person’s entitlement to compensation by virtue of that sub-paragraph, or as to the amount of that compensation, shall, in default of agreement, be determined by the Lands Tribunal for Scotland.

(5) In the application of this paragraph to Northern Ireland—

(a) for any reference in sub-paragraph (1) to section 10 of the Compulsory Purchase Act 1965 there is substituted a reference to Article 18 of the M60 Land Compensation (Northern Ireland) Order 1982;

(b) any question as to a person’s entitlement to compensation by virtue of sub-paragraph (1) above, or as to the amount of that compensation, shall, in default of agreement, be determined by the Lands Tribunal for Northern Ireland.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M57 1965 c. 56.

M58 1965 c. 56.

M59 1845 c. 33.

M60 S.I. 1982/712 (N.I. 9).

Objections to overhead apparatus E+W+S+N.I.

17 (1) This paragraph applies where the operator has completed the installation for the purposes of the operator’s [F409 network] of any [F410 electronic communications apparatus] the whole or part of which is at a height of 3 metres or more above the ground. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) At any time before the expiration of the period of 3 months beginning with the completion of the installation of the apparatus a person who is the occupier of or owns an interest in—

(a) any land over or on which the apparatus has been installed, or

(b) any land the enjoyment of which, or any interest in which, is, because of the nearness of the land to the land on or over which the apparatus has been installed, capable of being prejudiced by the apparatus,

may give the operator notice of objection in respect of that apparatus.

(3) No notice of objection may be given in respect of any apparatus if the apparatus—

(a) replaces any [F410 electronic communications apparatus] which is not substantially different from the new apparatus; and

(b) is not in a significantly different position.

(4) Where a person has both given a notice under this paragraph and applied for compensation under any of the preceding provisions of this code, the court—

(a) may give such direction as it thinks fit for ensuring that no compensation is paid until any proceedings under this paragraph have been disposed of, and

(b) if the court makes an order under this paragraph, may provide in that order for some or all of the compensation otherwise payable under this code to that person not to be so payable, or, if the case so requires, for some or all of any compensation paid under this code to that person to be repaid to the operator.

(5) At any time after the expiration of the period of 2 months beginning with the giving of a notice of objection but before the expiration of the period of 4 months beginning with the giving of that notice, the person who gave the notice may apply to the court to have the objection upheld.

(6) Subject to sub-paragraph (7) below, the court shall uphold the objection if the apparatus appears materially to prejudice the applicant’s enjoyment of, or interest in, the land in right of which the objection is made and the court is not satisfied that the only possible alterations of the apparatus will—

(a) substantially increase the cost or diminish the quality of the service provided by the operator’s [F409 network] to persons who have, or may in future have, access to it, or

(b) involve the operator in substantial additional expenditure (disregarding any expenditure occasioned solely by the fact that any proposed alteration was not adopted originally or, as the case may be, that the apparatus has been unnecessarily installed), or

(c) give to any person a case at least as good as the applicant has to have an objection under this paragraph upheld.

(7) The court shall not uphold the objection if the applicant is bound by a right of the operator falling within paragraph 2 or 3(1) above to install the apparatus and it appears to the court unreasonable, having regard to the fact that the applicant is so bound and the circumstances in which he became so bound, for the applicant to have given notice of objection.

(8) In considering the matters specified in sub-paragraph (6) above the court shall have regard to all the circumstances and to the principle that no person should unreasonably be denied access to [F411 an electronic communications network or to electronic communications services].

(9) If it upholds an objection under this paragraph the court may by order—

(a) direct the alteration of the apparatus to which the objection relates;

(b) authorise the installation (instead of the apparatus to which the objection relates), in a manner and position specified in the order, of any apparatus so specified;

(c) direct that no objection may be made under this paragraph in respect of any apparatus the installation of which is authorised by the court.

(10) The court shall not make any order under this paragraph directing the alteration of any apparatus or authorising the installation of any apparatus unless it is satisfied either—

(a) that the operator has all such rights as it appears to the court appropriate that he should have for the purpose of making the alteration or, as the case may be, installing the apparatus, or

(b) that—

(i) he would have all those rights if the court, on an application under paragraph 5 above, dispensed with the need for the agreement of any person, and

(ii) it would be appropriate for the court, on such an application, to dispense with the need for that agreement;

and, accordingly, for the purposes of dispensing with the need for the agreement of any person to the alteration or installation of any apparatus, the court shall have the same powers as it would have if an application had been duly made under paragraph 5 above for an order dispensing with the need for that person’s agreement.

(11) For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (6)(c) and (10) above, the court shall have power on an application under this paragraph to give the applicant directions for bringing the application to the notice of such other interested persons as it thinks fit.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F409 Words in Sch. 2 para. 17 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F410 Words in Sch. 2 para. 17 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F411 Words in Sch. 2 para. 17 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(c) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Obligation to affix notices to overhead apparatus E+W+S+N.I.

18 (1) Where the operator has for the purposes of the operator’s [F412 network] installed any [F413 electronic communications apparatus] the whole or part of which is at a height of 3 metres or more above the ground, the operator shall, before the expiration of the period of 3 days beginning with the completion of the installation, in a secure and durable manner affix a notice— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) to every major item of apparatus installed; or

(b) if no major item of apparatus is installed, to the nearest major item of [F413 electronic communications apparatus] to which the apparatus that is installed is directly or indirectly connected.

(2) A notice affixed under sub-paragraph (1) above shall be affixed in a position where it is reasonably legible and shall give the name of the operator and an address in the United Kingdom at which any notice of objection may be given under paragraph 17 above in respect of the apparatus in question; and any person giving such a notice at that address in respect of that apparatus shall be deemed to have been furnished with that address for the purposes of [F414 paragraph 24(2A)(a)] below.

(3) If the operator contravenes the requirements of this paragraph he shall be guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding level 2 on the standard scale.

(4) In any proceedings for an offence under this paragraph it shall be a defence for the person charged to prove that he took all reasonable steps and exercised all due diligence to avoid committing the offence.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F412 Words in Sch. 2 para. 18 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F413 Words in Sch. 2 para. 18 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F414 Words in Sch. 2 para. 18(2) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 17 para. 75 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Tree lopping E+W+S+N.I.

19 (1) Where any tree overhangs any street and, in doing so, either— E+W+N.I.

(a) obstructs or interferes with the working of any [F415 electronic communications apparatus] used for the purposes of the operator’s [F416 network], or

(b) will obstruct or interfere with the working of any [F415 electronic communications apparatus] which is about to be installed for those purposes,

the operator may by notice to the occupier of the land on which the tree is growing require the tree to be lopped so as to prevent the obstruction or interference.

(2) If within the period of 28 days beginning with the giving of the notice by the operator, the occupier of the land on which the tree is growing gives the operator a counter-notice objecting to the lopping of the tree, the notice shall have effect only if confirmed by an order of the court.

(3) If at any time a notice under sub-paragraph (1) above has not been complied with and either—

(a) a period of 28 days beginning with the giving of the notice has expired without a counter-notice having been given, or

(b) an order of the court confirming the notice has come into force,

the operator may himself cause the tree to be lopped as mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) above.

(4) Where the operator lops a tree in exercise of the power conferred by sub-paragraph (3) above he shall do so in a husband-like manner and in such a way as to cause the minimum damage to the tree.

(5) Where—

(a) a notice under sub-paragraph (1) above is complied with either without a counter-notice having been given or after the notice has been confirmed, or

(b) the operator exercises the power conferred by sub-paragraph (3) above,

the court shall, on an application made by a person who has sustained loss or damage in consequence of the lopping of the tree or who has incurred expenses in complying with the notice, order the operator to pay that person such compensation in respect of the loss, damage or expenses as it thinks fit.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E5 This version of this provision extends to England and Wales and Northern Ireland only; a separate version has been created for Scotland only

Amendments (Textual)

F415 Words in Sch. 2 para. 19 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F416 Words in Sch. 2 para. 19 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

19 (1) Where any tree overhangs any [F615 road] and, in doing so, either— S

(a) obstructs or interferes with the working of any [F415 electronic communications apparatus] used for the purposes of the operator’s [F416 network], or

(b) will obstruct or interfere with the working of any [F415 electronic communications apparatus] which is about to be installed for those purposes,

the operator may by notice to the occupier of the land on which the tree is growing require the tree to be lopped so as to prevent the obstruction or interference.

(2) If within the period of 28 days beginning with the giving of the notice by the operator, the occupier of the land on which the tree is growing gives the operator a counter-notice objecting to the lopping of the tree, the notice shall have effect only if confirmed by an order of the court.

(3) If at any time a notice under sub-paragraph (1) above has not been complied with and either—

(a) a period of 28 days beginning with the giving of the notice has expired without a counter-notice having been given, or

(b) an order of the court confirming the notice has come into force,

the operator may himself cause the tree to be lopped as mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) above.

(4) Where the operator lops a tree in exercise of the power conferred by sub-paragraph (3) above he shall do so in a husband-like manner and in such a way as to cause the minimum damage to the tree.

(5) Where—

(a) a notice under sub-paragraph (1) above is complied with either without a counter-notice having been given or after the notice has been confirmed, or

(b) the operator exercises the power conferred by sub-paragraph (3) above,

the court shall, on an application made by a person who has sustained loss or damage in consequence of the lopping of the tree or who has incurred expenses in complying with the notice, order the operator to pay that person such compensation in respect of the loss, damage or expenses as it thinks fit.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E13 This version of this provision extends to Scotland only; a separate version has been created for England and Wales and Northern Ireland only

Amendments (Textual)

F415 Words in Sch. 2 para. 19 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F416 Words in Sch. 2 para. 19 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F615 Word "road" substituted (S.) for "street" by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), Sch. 9 para. 92(4)(j)

Power to require alteration of apparatus E+W+S+N.I.

20 (1) Where any [F417 electronic communications apparatus] is kept installed on, under or over any land for the purposes of the operator’s [F418 network], any person with an interest in that land or adjacent land may (notwithstanding the terms of any agreement binding that person) by notice given to the operator require the alteration of the apparatus on the ground that the alteration is necessary to enable that person to carry out a proposed improvement of the land in which he has an interest. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) Where a notice is given under sub-paragraph (1) above by any person to the operator, the operator shall comply with it unless he gives a counter-notice under this sub-paragraph within the period of 28 days beginning with the giving of the notice.

(3) Where a counter-notice is given under sub-paragraph (2) above to any person, the operator shall make the required alteration only if the court on an application by that person makes an order requiring the alteration to be made.

(4) The court shall make an order under this paragraph for an alteration to be made only if, having regard to all the circumstances and the principle that no person should unreasonably be denied access to [F419 an electronic communications network or to electronic communications services], it is satisfied—

(a) that the alteration is necessary as mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) above; and

(b) that the alteration will not substantially interfere with any service [F420 which is or is likely to be provided using] the operator’s [F418 network].

(5) The court shall not make an order under this paragraph for the alteration of any apparatus unless it is satisfied either—

(a) that the operator has all such rights as it appears to the court appropriate that he should have for the purpose of making the alteration, or

(b) that—

(i) he would have all those rights if the court, on an application under paragraph 5 above, dispensed with the need for the agreement of any person, and

(ii) it would be appropriate for the court, on such an application, to dispense with the need for that agreement;

and, accordingly, for the purposes of dispensing with the need for the agreement of any person to the alteration of any apparatus, the court shall have the same powers as it would have if an application had been duly made under paragraph 5 above for an order dispensing with the need for that person’s agreement.

(6) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5) above, the court shall have power on an application under this paragraph to give the applicant directions for bringing the application to the notice of such other interested persons as it thinks fit.

(7) An order under this paragraph may provide for the alteration to be carried out with such modifications, on such terms and subject to such conditions as the court thinks fit, but the court shall not include any such modifications, terms or conditions in its order without the consent of the applicant, and if such consent is not given may refuse to make an order under this paragraph.

(8) An order made under this paragraph on the application of any person shall, unless the court otherwise thinks fit, require that person to reimburse the operator in respect of any expenses which the operator incurs in or in connection with the execution of any works in compliance with the order.

(9) In sub-paragraph (1) above “improvement” includes development and change of use.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F417 Words in Sch. 2 para. 20 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F418 Words in Sch. 2 para. 20 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F419 Words in Sch. 2 para. 20 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(c) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F420 Words in Sch. 2 para. 20(4)(b) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Restriction on right to require the removal of apparatus E+W+S+N.I.

21 (1) Where any person is for the time being entitled to require the removal of any of the operator’s [F421 electronic communications apparatus] from any land (whether under any enactment or because that apparatus is kept on, under or over that land otherwise than in pursuance of a right binding that person or for any other reason) that person shall not be entitled to enforce the removal of the apparatus except, subject to sub-paragraph (12) below, in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. E+W+N.I.

(2) The person entitled to require the removal of any of the operator’s [F421 electronic communications apparatus] shall give a notice to the operator requiring the removal of the apparatus.

(3) Where a person gives a notice under sub-paragraph (2) above and the operator does not give that person a counter-notice within the period of 28 days beginning with the giving of the notice, that person shall be entitled to enforce the removal of the apparatus.

(4) A counter-notice given under sub-paragraph (3) above to any person by the operator shall do one or both of the following, that is to say—

(a) state that that person is not entitled to require the removal of the apparatus;

(b) specify the steps which the operator proposes to take for the purpose of securing a right as against that person to keep the apparatus on the land.

(5) Those steps may include any steps which the operator could take for the purpose of enabling him, if the apparatus is removed, to re-install the apparatus; and the fact that by reason of the following provisions of this paragraph any proposed re-installation is only hypothetical shall not prevent the operator from taking those steps or any court or person from exercising any function in consequence of those steps having been taken.

(6) Where a counter-notice is given under sub-paragraph (3) above to any person, that person may only enforce the removal of the apparatus in pursuance of an order of the court; and, where the counter-notice specifies steps which the operator is proposing to take to secure a right to keep the apparatus on the land, the court shall not make such an order unless it is satisfied—

(a) that the operator is not intending to take those steps or is being unreasonably dilatory in the taking of those steps; or

(b) that the taking of those steps has not secured, or will not secure, for the operator as against that person any right to keep the apparatus installed on, under or over the land or, as the case may be, to re-install it if it is removed.

(7) Where any person is entitled to enforce the removal of any apparatus under this paragraph (whether by virtue of sub-paragraph (3) above or an order of the court under sub-paragraph (6) above), that person may, without prejudice to any method available to him apart from this sub-paragraph for enforcing the removal of that apparatus, apply to the court for authority to remove it himself; and, on such an application, the court may, if it thinks fit, give that authority.

(8) Where an apparatus is removed by any person under an authority given by the court under sub-paragraph (7) above, any expenses incurred by him in or in connection with the removal of the apparatus shall be recoverable by him from the operator in any court of competent jurisdiction; and in so giving an authority to any person the court may also authorise him, in accordance with the directions of the court, to sell any apparatus removed under the authority and to retain the whole or a part of the proceeds of sale on account of those expenses.

(9) Any [F421 electronic communications apparatus] kept installed on, under or over any land shall (except for the purposes of this paragraph and without prejudice to paragraphs 6(3) and 7(3) above) be deemed, as against any person who was at any time entitled to require the removal of the apparatus, but by virtue of this paragraph not entitled to enforce its removal, to have been lawfully so kept at that time.

(10) Where this paragraph applies (whether in pursuance of an enactment amended by Schedule 4 to this Act or otherwise) in relation to [F421 electronic communications apparatus] the alteration of which some person(“the relevant person”) is entitled to require in consequence of the stopping up, closure, change or diversion of any street or the extinguishment or alteration of any public right of way—

(a) the removal of the apparatus shall constitute compliance with a requirement to make any other alteration;

(b) a counter-notice under sub-paragraph (3) above may state (in addition to, or instead of, any of the matters mentioned in sub-paragraph (4) above) that the operator requires the relevant person to reimburse him in respect of any expenses which he incurs in or in connection with the making of any alteration in compliance with the requirements of the relevant person;

(c) an order made under this paragraph on an application by the relevant person in respect of a counter-notice containing such a statement shall, unless the court otherwise thinks fit, require the relevant person to reimburse the operator in respect of any expenses which he so incurs; and

(d) sub-paragraph (8) above shall not apply.

(11) References in this paragraph to the operator’s [F421 electronic communications apparatus] include references to [F421 electronic communications apparatus] which (whether or not vested in the operator) is being, is to be or has been used for the purposes of the operator’s [F422 network].

(12) A person shall not, under this paragraph, be entitled to enforce the removal of any apparatus on the ground only that he is entitled to give a notice under paragraph 11, 14, 17 or 20 above; and this paragraph is without prejudice to paragraph 23 below and to the power to enforce an order of the court under the said paragraph 11, 14, 17 or 20.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E6 This version of this provision extends to England and Wales and Northern Ireland only; a separate version has been created for Scotland only

Amendments (Textual)

F421 Words in Sch. 2 para. 21 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F422 Words in Sch. 2 para. 21 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C72 Sch. 2 para. 21 applied (E.W.S.) by Airports Act 1986 (c. 31, SIF 9), s. 62(7)

Sch. 2 para. 21 applied (S.) by Housing (Scotland) Act 1987 (c. 26, SIF 61), ss. 95, 335, Sch. 8 para. 11(5)

Sch. 2 para. 21 applied (N.I) (21.8.1991) by S.I. 1991/1220, arts. 1, 104(4)

Sch. 2 para. 21 applied (24.4.1994) by S.I. 1994/426 (N.I. 1), arts. 1(2), 12(6) (with arts. 2(3), 16)

Sch. 2 para. 21 applied (27.5.1997) by 1997 c. 8, ss. 212(8), 278(2)

C73 Sch. 2 para. 21 restricted (18.12.1996) by 1996 c. 61, s. 52, Sch. 15 Pt. IV para. 2(1)

C74 Sch. 2 para. 21 excluded (E.W.S.N.I.) (22.7.2008) by Crossrail Act 2008 (c. 18), s. 50, Sch. 17 Pt. 4 para. 2(2)

21 (1) Where any person is for the time being entitled to require the removal of any of the operator’s [F616 electronic communications apparatus] from any land (whether under any enactment or because that apparatus is kept on, under or over that land otherwise than in pursuance of a right binding that person or for any other reason) that person shall not be entitled to enforce the removal of the apparatus except, subject to sub-paragraph (12) below, in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. S

(2) The person entitled to require the removal of any of the operator’s [F616 electronic communications apparatus] shall give a notice to the operator requiring the removal of the apparatus.

(3) Where a person gives a notice under sub-paragraph (2) above and the operator does not give that person a counter-notice within the period of 28 days beginning with the giving of the notice, that person shall be entitled to enforce the removal of the apparatus.

(4) A counter-notice given under sub-paragraph (3) above to any person by the operator shall do one or both of the following, that is to say—

(a) state that that person is not entitled to require the removal of the apparatus;

(b) specify the steps which the operator proposes to take for the purpose of securing a right as against that person to keep the apparatus on the land.

(5) Those steps may include any steps which the operator could take for the purpose of enabling him, if the apparatus is removed, to re-install the apparatus; and the fact that by reason of the following provisions of this paragraph any proposed re-installation is only hypothetical shall not prevent the operator from taking those steps or any court or person from exercising any function in consequence of those steps having been taken.

(6) Where a counter-notice is given under sub-paragraph (3) above to any person, that person may only enforce the removal of the apparatus in pursuance of an order of the court; and, where the counter-notice specifies steps which the operator is proposing to take to secure a right to keep the apparatus on the land, the court shall not make such an order unless it is satisfied—

(a) that the operator is not intending to take those steps or is being unreasonably dilatory in the taking of those steps; or

(b) that the taking of those steps has not secured, or will not secure, for the operator as against that person any right to keep the apparatus installed on, under or over the land or, as the case may be, to re-install it if it is removed.

(7) Where any person is entitled to enforce the removal of any apparatus under this paragraph (whether by virtue of sub-paragraph (3) above or an order of the court under sub-paragraph (6) above), that person may, without prejudice to any method available to him apart from this sub-paragraph for enforcing the removal of that apparatus, apply to the court for authority to remove it himself; and, on such an application, the court may, if it thinks fit, give that authority.

(8) Where an apparatus is removed by any person under an authority given by the court under sub-paragraph (7) above, any expenses incurred by him in or in connection with the removal of the apparatus shall be recoverable by him from the operator in any court of competent jurisdiction; and in so giving an authority to any person the court may also authorise him, in accordance with the directions of the court, to sell any apparatus removed under the authority and to retain the whole or a part of the proceeds of sale on account of those expenses.

(9) Any [F616 electronic communications apparatus] kept installed on, under or over any land shall (except for the purposes of this paragraph and without prejudice to paragraphs 6(3) and 7(3) above) be deemed, as against any person who was at any time entitled to require the removal of the apparatus, but by virtue of this paragraph not entitled to enforce its removal, to have been lawfully so kept at that time.

(10) Where this paragraph applies (whether in pursuance of an enactment amended by Schedule 4 to this Act or otherwise) in relation to [F616 electronic communications apparatus] the alteration of which some person(“the relevant person”) is entitled to require in consequence of the stopping up, closure, change or diversion of any [F617 road] or the extinguishment or alteration of any public right of way—

(a) the removal of the apparatus shall constitute compliance with a requirement to make any other alteration;

(b) a counter-notice under sub-paragraph (3) above may state (in addition to, or instead of, any of the matters mentioned in sub-paragraph (4) above) that the operator requires the relevant person to reimburse him in respect of any expenses which he incurs in or in connection with the making of any alteration in compliance with the requirements of the relevant person;

(c) an order made under this paragraph on an application by the relevant person in respect of a counter-notice containing such a statement shall, unless the court otherwise thinks fit, require the relevant person to reimburse the operator in respect of any expenses which he so incurs; and

(d) sub-paragraph (8) above shall not apply.

(11) References in this paragraph to the operator’s [F616 electronic communications apparatus] include references to [F616 electronic communications apparatus] which (whether or not vested in the operator) is being, is to be or has been used for the purposes of the operator’s [F618 network].

(12) A person shall not, under this paragraph, be entitled to enforce the removal of any apparatus on the ground only that he is entitled to give a notice under paragraph 11, 14, 17 or 20 above; and this paragraph is without prejudice to paragraph 23 below and to the power to enforce an order of the court under the said paragraph 11, 14, 17 or 20.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E14 This version of this provision extends to Scotland only; a separate version has been created for England and Wales and Northern Ireland only

Amendments (Textual)

F616 Words in Sch. 2 para. 21 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

F617 Word substituted (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), Sch. 9 para. 92(4)(k)

F618 Words in Sch. 2 para. 21 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C74 Sch. 2 para. 21 excluded (E.W.S.N.I.) (22.7.2008) by Crossrail Act 2008 (c. 18), s. 50, Sch. 17 Pt. 4 para. 2(2)

C101 Sch. 2 para. 21 applied (E.W.S.) by Airports Act 1986 (c. 31, SIF 9), s. 62(7)

Sch. 2 para. 21 applied (S.) by Housing (Scotland) Act 1987 (c. 26, SIF 61), ss. 95, 335, Sch. 8 para. 11(5)

Sch. 2 para. 21 applied (N.I) (21.8.1991) by S.I. 1991/1220, arts. 1, 104(4)

Sch. 2 para. 21 applied (24.4.1994) by S.I. 1994/426 (N.I. 1), arts. 1(2), 12(6) (with arts. 2(3), 16)

Sch. 2 para. 21 applied (27.5.1997) by 1997 c. 8, ss. 212(8), 278(2)

C102 Sch. 2 para. 21 restricted (18.12.1996) by 1996 c. 61, s. 52, Sch. 15 Pt. IV para. 2(1)

Abandonment of apparatus E+W+S+N.I.

22 Without prejudice to the preceding provisions of this code, where the operator has a right conferred by or in accordance with this code for the statutory purposes to keep [F423 electronic communications apparatus] installed on, under or over any land, he is not entitled to keep that apparatus so installed if, at a time when the apparatus is not, or is no longer, used for the purposes of the operator’s [F424 network], there is no reasonable likelihood that it will be so used. E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F423 Words in Sch. 2 para. 22 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F424 Words in Sch. 2 para. 22 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Undertaker’s works E+W+S+N.I.

23 (1) The following provisions of this paragraph apply where a relevant undertaker is proposing to execute any undertaker’s works which involve or are likely to involve a temporary or permanent alteration of any [F425 electronic communications apparatus] kept installed on, under or over any land for the purposes of the operator’s [F426 network]. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) The relevant undertaker shall, not less than 10 days before the works are commenced, give the operator a notice specifying the nature of the undertaker’s works, the alteration or likely alteration involved and the time and place at which the works will be commenced.

(3) Sub-paragraph (2) above shall not apply in relation to any emergency works of which the relevant undertaker gives the operator notice as soon as practicable after commencing the works.

(4) Where a notice has been given under sub-paragraph (2) above by a relevant undertaker to the operator, the operator may within the period of 10 days beginning with the giving of the notice give the relevant undertaker a counter-notice which may state either—

(a) that the operator intends himself to make any alteration made necessary or expedient by the proposed undertaker’s works; or

(b) that he requires the undertaker in making any such alteration to do so under the supervision and to the satisfaction of the operator.

(5) Where a counter-notice given under sub-paragraph (4) above states that the operator intends himself to make any alteration—

(a) the operator shall (subject to sub-paragraph (7) below) have the right, instead of the relevant undertaker, to execute any works for the purpose of making that alteration; and

(b) any expenses incurred by the operator in or in connection with the execution of those works and the amount of any loss or damage sustained by the operator in consequence of the alteration shall be recoverable by the operator from the undertaker in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(6) Where a counter-notice given under sub-paragraph (4) above states that any alteration is to be made under the supervision and to the satisfaction of the operator—

(a) the relevant undertaker shall not make the alteration except as required by the notice or under sub-paragraph (7) below; and

(b) any expenses incurred by the operator in or in connection with the provision of that supervision and the amount of any loss or damage sustained by the operator in consequence of the alteration shall be recoverable by the operator from the undertaker in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(7) Where—

(a) no counter-notice is given under sub-paragraph (4) above, or

(b) the operator, having given a counter-notice falling within that sub-paragraph, fails within a reasonable time to make any alteration made necessary or expedient by the proposed undertaker’s works or, as the case may be, unreasonably fails to provide the required supervision,

the relevant undertaker may himself execute works for the purpose of making the alteration or, as the case may be, may execute such works without the supervision of the operator; but in either case the undertaker shall execute the works to the satisfaction of the operator.

(8) If the relevant undertaker or any of his agents—

(a) executes any works without the notice required by sub-paragraph (2) above having been given, or

(b) unreasonably fails to comply with any reasonable requirement of the operator under this paragraph,

he shall, subject to sub-paragraph (9) below, be guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to a fine which—

(i) if the service provided by the operator’s [F426 network] is interrupted by the works or failure, shall not exceed level 4 on the standard scale; and

(ii) if that service is not so interrupted, shall not exceed level 3 on the standard scale.

(9) Sub-paragraph (8) above does not apply to a Northern Ireland department.

(10) In this paragraph—

• “relevant undertaker” means—

  (a)

  any person (including a local authority) authorised by any Act (whether public general or local) or by any order or scheme made under or confirmed by any Act to carry on—

  (a)

  (i)

  any railway, tramway, road transport, water transport, canal, inland navigation, dock, harbour, pier or lighthouse undertaking; [F427 or]

  (ii)

  F428 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  (iii)

  [F429 any undertaking for the supply of water or the disposal of sewage;]

  (b)

  any person (apart from the operator) to whom this code is applied [F430 by a direction under section 106 of the Communications Act 2003]; and

  (c)

  any person to whom this paragraph is applied by any Act amended by or under or passed after this Act;

• “undertaker’s works” means—

  (a)

  in relation to a relevant undertaker falling within paragraph (a) of the preceding definition, any works which that undertaker is authorised to execute for the purposes of, or in connection with, the carrying on by him of the undertaking mentioned in that paragraph;

  (b)

  in relation to a relevant undertaker falling within paragraph (b) of that definition, any works which that undertaker is authorised to execute by or in accordance with any provision of this code; and

  (c)

  in relation to a relevant undertaker falling within paragraph (c) of that definition, the works for the purposes of which this paragraph is applied to that undertaker.

(11) The application of this paragraph by virtue of paragraph (c) of each of the definitions in sub-paragraph (10) above to any person for the purposes of any works shall be without prejudice to its application by virtue of paragraph (a) of each of those definitions to that person for the purposes of any other works.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F425 Words in Sch. 2 para. 23 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F426 Words in Sch. 2 para. 23 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(d) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F427 Word inserted (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)( 2)(4), 163, 189(4)–(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 25 para. 68(3), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

F428 Subparagraph (a)(ii) repealed by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), ss. 112(3)(4), Sch. 17 para. 35(1), Sch. 18

F429 Subparagraph (a)(iii) repealed (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)–(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 41(1), 57(6), 58, Sch. 27

F430 Sch. 2 para. 23(10): words in definition of "relevant undertaker" substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406, 408, 411, Sch. 3 para. 8 (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C75 Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), ss. 50(3)(4), 75(9)(10)

C76 Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (E.W.S.) by Airports Act 1986 (c. 31, SIF 9), s. 62 and Road Traffic (Driver Licensing and Information Systems) Act 1989 (c. 22, SIF 107), s. 13(1), Sch. 4 para. 4

C77 Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4)(8), 163, 189(4)–(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 57(6), 58

C78 Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (S.) by Housing (Scotland) Act 1987 (c. 26, SIF 61), ss. 95, 134, 335, Sch. 8 para. 11(1)

C79 Sch. 2 para. 23 extended (E.W.S.) by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(1)(3), Sch. 16 para. 1(6), Sch. 17 paras. 33, 35(1)

C80 Sch. 2 para. 23 extended (E.W.S.) by Gas Act 1986 (c. 44, SIF 44:2), s. 67(1), Sch. 7 para. 2(7), Sch. 8 para. 33

C81 Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (E.W.) (1.12.1991) by Water Industry Act 1991 (c. 56, SIF 130), ss. 183, 223(2), Sch. 13, para4 (with savings in s. 183, Sch. 13 para. 1(1)).

C82 Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (E.W.) (1.12.1991) by Water Resources Act 1991 (c. 57, SIF 130), ss. 178, 225(2), Sch. 22, para. 5 (with savings in s. 178, Sch. 22 para. 1(1)).

C83 Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (5.11.1993) by 1993 c. 42, s. 2, Sch. 2 para. 16.

Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (24.4.1994) by S.I. 1994/426 (N.I. 1), arts. 1(2), 12(1) (with arts. 2(3), 16)

Sch. 2 para. 23 amended (1.3.1996) by 1995 c. 45, s. 16(1), Sch. 4 para. 2(7); S.I. 1996/218, art. 2

Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (11.11.1996) by S.I. 1996/2714, art. 5(6)

Sch. 2 para. 23 restricted (18.12.1996) by 1996 c. 61, s. 52, Sch. 15 Pt. IV para. 2(2)

Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (21.5.1997) by S.I. 1997/1266, art. 6(7)

C84 Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (3.8.2005) by The Greater Manchester (Leigh Busway) Order 2005 (S.I. 2005/1918), art. 4(6) (with art. 50)

C85 Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (N.I.) (1.4.2007) by The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/3336 (N.I. 21)), arts. 1, 245, Sch. 10 para. 4 (with arts. 8(8), 121(3), 307); S.R. 2007/194, art. 2(2), Sch. 1 Pt. II (subject to art. 3, Sch. 2)

C86 Sch. 2 para. 23 applied (with modifications) (22.7.2008) by Crossrail Act 2008 (c. 18), s. 50, Sch. 17 Pt. 4 para. 2(1)(2)

C87 Sch. 2 para. 23(8) applied (with modifications) (24.4.1994) by S.I. 1994/426 (N.I. 1), arts. 1(2), 12(2) (with arts. 2(3), 16)

Notices under code E+W+S+N.I.

24 (1) Any notice required to be given by the operator to any person for the purposes of any provision of this code must be in a form approved by [F431 OFCOM] as adequate for indicating to that person the effect of the notice and of so much of this code as is relevant to the notice and to the steps that may be taken by that person under this code in respect of that notice. E+W+S+N.I.

[F432 (2) A notice required to be given to any person for the purposes of any provision of this code is not to be sent to him by post unless it is sent by a registered post service or by recorded delivery.

(2A) For the purposes, in the case of such a notice, of section 394 of the Communications Act 2003 and the application of section 7 of the Interpretation Act 1978 in relation to that section, the proper address of a person is—

(a) if the person to whom the notice is to be given has furnished the person giving the notice with an address for service under this code, that address; and

(b) only if he has not, the address given by that section of the Act of 2003.]

(5) If it is not practicable, for the purposes of giving any notice under this code, after reasonable inquiries to ascertain the name and address—

(a) of the person who is for the purposes of any provision of this code the occupier of any land, or

(b) of the owner of any interest in any land,

a notice may be given under this code by addressing it to a person by the description of “occupier” of the land (describing it) or, as the case may be, “owner” of the interest (describing both the interest and the land) and by delivering it to some person on the land or, if there is no person on the land to whom it can be delivered, by affixing it, or a copy of it, to some conspicuous object on the land.

(6) In any proceedings under this code a certificate [F433 issued by OFCOM] and stating that a particular form of notice has been approved by [F434 them] as mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) above shall be conclusive evidence of the matter certified.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F431 Words in Sch. 2 para. 24(1) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 9(1) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F432 Sch. 2 para. 24(2)(2A) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) for s. 24(2)-(4) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 9(2) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F433 Words in Sch. 2 para. 24(6) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 9(3)(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F434 Words in Sch. 2 para. 24(6) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 9(3)(b) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Appeals in Northern Ireland E+W+S+N.I.

25 Article 60 of the M61 County Courts (Northern Ireland) Order 1980 (ordinary appeals from the county court in civil cases) shall apply in relation to any determination of the court in Northern Ireland under this code in like manner as it applies in relation to any decree of the court made in the exercise of the jurisdiction conferred by Part III of that Order. E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M61 S.I. 1980/397 (N.I. 3).

Application to the Crown E+W+S+N.I.

26 (1) This code shall apply in relation to land in which there subsists, or at any material time subsisted, a Crown interest as it applies in relation to land in which no such interest subsists. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In this paragraph “Crown interest” means an interest which belongs to Her Majesty in right of the Crown or of the Duchy of Lancaster or to the Duchy of Cornwall or to a Government department or which is held in trust for Her Majesty for the purposes of a Government department and, without prejudice to the foregoing, includes any interest which belongs to Her Majesty in right of Her Majesty’s Government in Northern Ireland or to a Northern Ireland department or which is held in trust for Her Majesty for the purposes of a Northern Ireland department.

(3) An agreement required by this code to be given in respect of any Crown interest subsisting in any land shall be given by the appropriate authority, that is to say—

(a) in the case of land belonging to Her Majesty in right of the Crown, the Crown Estate Commissioners or, as the case may require, the government department having the management of the land in question;

(b) in the case of land belonging to Her Majesty in right of the Duchy of Lancaster, the Chancellor of that Duchy;

(c) in the case of land belonging to the Duchy of Cornwall, such person as the Duke of Cornwall, or the possessor for the time being of the Duchy of Cornwall, appoints;

(d) in the case of land belonging to Her Majesty in right of Her Majesty’s Government in Northern Ireland, the Northern Ireland department having the management of the land in question;

(e) in the case of land belonging to a government department or a Northern Ireland department or held in trust for Her Majesty for the purposes of a government department or a Northern Ireland department, that department;

and if any question arises as to what authority is the appropriate authority in relation to any land that question shall be referred to the Treasury, whose decision shall be final.

(4) Paragraphs 12(9) and 18(3) above shall not apply where this code [F435 applies in the case of the Secretary of State or a Northern Ireland department by virtue of section 106(3)(b) of the Communications Act 2003].

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F435 Words in Sch. 2 para. 26(4) substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 10 (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Savings for and exclusion of certain remedies etc. E+W+S+N.I.

27 (1) Except in so far as provision is otherwise made by virtue of F436 ... Schedule 4 to this Act, this code shall not authorise the contravention of any provision made by or under any enactment passed before this Act. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) The provisions of this code, except paragraphs 8(5) and 21 and sub-paragraph (1) above, shall be without prejudice to any rights or liabilities arising under any agreement to which the operator is a party.

(3) Except as provided under the preceding provisions of this code, the operator shall not be liable to compensate any person for, or be subject to any other liability in respect of, any loss or damage caused by the lawful exercise of any right conferred by or in accordance with this code.

(4) The ownership of any property shall not be affected by the fact that it is installed on or under, or affixed to, any land by any person in exercise of a right conferred by or in accordance with this code.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F436 Words in Sch. 2 para 27(1) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Application of code to existing systems E+W+S+N.I.

28 (1) Subject to the following provisions of this paragraph, references in this code to [F437 electronic communications apparatus] installed on, under or over any land include references to [F437 electronic communications apparatus] so installed before this code comes into force. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) Without prejudice to sub-paragraph (1) above, any line or other apparatus lawfully installed before this code comes into force which if this code had come into force could have been installed under paragraph 12 of this code shall (subject to sub-paragraph (6) below) be treated for the purposes of this code as if it had been so installed.

(3) Any consent given (or deemed to have been given) for the purposes of any provision of the Telegraph Acts 1863 to 1916 before this code comes into force shall—

(a) have effect after this code comes into force as an agreement given for the purposes of this code, and

(b) so have effect, to any extent that is necessary for ensuring that the same persons are bound under this code as were bound by the consent, as if it were an agreement to confer a right or, as the case may require, to bind any interest in land of the person who gave (or is deemed to have given) the consent.

(4) Where by virtue of sub-paragraph (3) above any person is bound by any right, that right shall not be exercisable except on the same terms and subject to the same conditions as the right which, by virtue of the giving of the consent, was exercisable before this code comes into force; and where under any enactment repealed by this Act those terms or conditions included a requirement for the payment of compensation or required the determination of any matter by any court or person, the amount of the compensation or, as the case may be, that matter shall be determined after the coming into force of this code in like manner as if this Act had not been passed.

(5) A person shall not be entitled to compensation under any provision of this code if he is entitled to compensation in respect of the same matter by virtue of sub-paragraph (4) above.

(6) Neither this code nor the repeal by this Act of any provision of the Telegraph Acts 1863 to 1916 (which contain provisions confirming or continuing in force certain agreements) shall prejudice any rights or liabilities (including any rights or liabilities transferred by virtue of section 60 of this Act) which arise at any time under any agreement which was entered into before this code comes into force and relates to the installation, maintenance, adjustment, repair, alteration or inspection of any [F437 electronic communications apparatus] or to keeping any such apparatus installed on, under or over any land.

(7) Any person who before the coming into force of this code has—

(a) given a notice (“the Telegraph Acts notice”) under or for the purposes of any provision of the Telegraph Acts 1863 to 1916 to any person, or

(b) made an application under or for the purposes of any such provision (including, in particular, an application for any matter to be referred to any court or person),

may give a notice to the person to whom the Telegraph Acts notice was given or, as the case may be, to every person who is or may be a party to the proceedings resulting from the application stating that a specified step required to be taken under or for the purposes of this code, being a step equivalent to the giving of the Telegraph Acts notice or the making of the application, and any steps required to be so taken before the taking of that step should be treated as having been so taken.

(8) A notice may be given under sub-paragraph (7) above with respect to an application notwithstanding that proceedings resulting from the application have been commenced.

(9) Where a notice has been given to any person under sub-paragraph (7) above, that person may apply to the court for an order setting aside the notice on the ground that it is unreasonable in all the circumstances to treat the giving of the Telegraph Acts notice or the making of the application in question as equivalent to the taking of the steps specified in the notice under that sub-paragraph; but unless the court sets aside the notice under that sub-paragraph, the steps specified in the notice shall be treated as having been taken and any proceedings already commenced shall be continued accordingly.

(10) Where before this code comes into force anything has, in connection with the exercise by the operator of any power conferred on him by the Telegraph Acts 1863 to 1916, been done under or for the purposes of the street works code contained in the M62 Public Utilities Street Works Act 1950, that thing shall, in so far as it could have been done in connection with the exercise of any power conferred by this code, have effect after this code comes into force, without any notice being given under sub-paragraph (7) above, as if it had been done in connection with the power conferred by this code.

(11) In relation to anything done under section 5 of Schedule 3 to the M63 Water Act 1945 or section 5 of Schedule 4 to the M64 Water (Scotland) Act 1980 before the coming into force of this code, the preceding provisions of this paragraph shall have effect, so far as the context permits, as if references to the Telegraph Acts 1863 to 1916 included references to that section.

(12) References in this paragraph to the coming into force of this code shall have effect as references to the time at which the code comes into force in relation to the operator.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F437 Words in Sch. 2 para. 28 substituted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), Sch. 3 para. 5(a) (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M62 1950 c. 39.

M63 1945 c. 42.

M64 1980 c. 45.

[F438 Effect of agreements concerning sharing of apparatus E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F438 Sch. 2 para. 29 and cross-heading inserted (25.7.2003 for certain purposes, 29.12.2003 for further specified purposes) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 106, 406, 408, 411, Sch. 3 para. 11 (with Sch. 18); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2) (with art. 11)

29 (1) This paragraph applies where— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) this code has been applied by a direction under section 106 of the Communications Act 2003 in a person’s case;

(b) this code expressly or impliedly imposes a limitation on the use to which electronic communications apparatus installed by that person may be put or on the purposes for which it may be used; and

(c) that person is a party to a relevant agreement or becomes a party to an agreement which (after he has become a party to it) is a relevant agreement.

(2) The limitation is not to preclude—

(a) the doing of anything in relation to that apparatus, or

(b) its use for particular purposes,

to the extent that the doing of that thing, or the use of the apparatus for those purposes, is in pursuance of the agreement.

(3) This paragraph is not to be construed, in relation to a person who is entitled or authorised by or under a relevant agreement to share the use of apparatus installed by another party to the agreement, as affecting any consent requirement imposed (whether by a statutory provision or otherwise) on that person.

(4) In this paragraph—

• “consent requirement”, in relation to a person, means a requirement for him to obtain consent or permission to or in connection with—

  (a)

  the installation by him of apparatus; or

  (b)

  the doing by him of any other thing in relation to apparatus the use of which he is entitled or authorised to share;

• “relevant agreement” means an agreement in relation to electronic communications apparatus which—

  (a)

  relates to the sharing by different parties to the agreement of the use of that apparatus; and

  (b)

  is an agreement that satisfies the requirements of sub-paragraph (5);

• “statutory provision” means a provision of an enactment or of an instrument having effect under an enactment.

(5) An agreement satisfies the requirements of this sub-paragraph if—

(a) every party to the agreement is a person in whose case this code applies by virtue of a direction under section 106 of the Communications Act 2003; or

(b) one or more of the parties to the agreement is a person in whose case this code so applies and every other party to the agreement is a qualifying person.

(6) A person is a qualifying person for the purposes of sub-paragraph (5) if he is either—

(a) a person who provides an electronic communications network without being a person in whose case this code applies; or

(b) a designated provider of an electronic communications service consisting in the distribution of a programme service by means of an electronic communications network.

(7) In sub-paragraph (6)—

• “designated” means designated by an order made by the Secretary of State;

• “programme service” has the same meaning as in the Broadcasting Act 1990.]

Section 75

SCHEDULE 3 E+W+S+N.I. Penalties and Mode of Trial under the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C88 Sch. 3 extended (Guernsey) (with modifications) (1.6.1994) by S.I. 1994/1064, art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I

C89 Sch. 3 extended (Jersey) (with modifications) (29.12.2003) by The Wireless Telegraphy (Jersey) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/3196), art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I

1 The following subsections shall be substituted for subsection (1) of section 14 of the 1949 Act— E+W+S+N.I.

“(1) Any person committing—

(a) any offence under section 5(a) of this Act; or

(b) any offence under section 13 of this Act;

shall be liable on summary conviction to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months or a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum or both, or on conviction on indictment to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or a fine or both.

(1A) Any person committing—

(a) any offence under section 1(1) of this Act consisting in the installation or use, otherwise than under and in accordance with a wireless telegraphy licence, of any apparatus not designed or adapted for emission (as opposed to reception); or

(b) any offence under section 3(2) of this Act consisting in a contravention, in relation to any such apparatus, of any regulations made under that section; or

(c) any offence under section 11(7) or 12(5) of this Act involving or consisting in a contravention of a notice of the Secretary of State in relation to any apparatus, not being apparatus the use of which is likely to cause undue interference with any wireless telegraphy used for the purpose of any safety of life service or any purpose on which the safety of any person or of any vessel, aircraft or vehicle may depend; or

(d) any offence under section 1(5) or 7(4) of this Act; or

(e) any offence under section 12A of this Act; or

(f) any offence under this Act which is an offence under section 5 or 8(2) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (failure to comply with notices under Part I of that Act, giving false information, etc.);

shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding level 3 on the standard scale.

(1B) Any person committing—

(a) any offence under section 1(1) of this Act other than one within subsection (1A)(a) of this section; or

(b) any offence under section 11(7) of this Act other than one within subsection (1A)(c) of this section;

shall be liable on summary conviction to imprisonment for a term not exceeding three months or to a fine not exceeding level 5 on the standard scale, or both.

(1C) Any person committing any other offence under this Act shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding level 5 on the standard scale.”.

F439 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F439 Sch. 3 para. 2 repealed (5.11.1993) by 1993 c. 50, s. 1(1), Sch. 1 Pt. XIV Group 2.

3 The following provisions shall not apply where a person is convicted of an offence under the 1949 Act [F440 or the Marine, &c., Broadcasting (Offences) Act 1967]— E+W+S+N.I.

[F441 (a) section 143 of the Powers of Criminal Courts (Sentencing) Act 2000 (which gives the convicting court in England and Wales power to deprive a person convicted of an offence of property used etc. for purposes of crime); and]

(b) [F442 Part II of the Proceeds of Crime (Scotland) Act 1995] and [F443 Article 11 of the Criminal Justice (Northern Ireland) Order 1994] (which give the convicting court in Scotland and Northern Ireland respectively power corresponding to the power under [F444 that section]).

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F440 Words in Sch. 3 para. 3 inserted (8.2.2007) by The Wireless Telegraphy (Pre-Consolidation Amendments) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/1391), arts. 1, 2, Sch. para. 4

F441 Sch. 3 para. 3(a) substituted (25.8.2000) by 2000 c. 6, ss. 165, 168(1), Sch. 9 para. 92(a)

F442 Words in Sch. 3 para. 3(b) substituted (1.4.1996) by 1995 c. 40, ss. 5, 7(2), Sch. 4 para. 48(4)

F443 Words in Sch. 3 para. 3(b) substituted (9.1.1995) by S.I. 1994/2795 (N.I. 15), art. 26(1), Sch. 2 para. 10; S.R. 1994/446, art. 2

F444 Words in Sch. 3(b) substituted (25.8.2000) by 2000 c. 6, ss. 165, 168(1), Sch. 9 92(b)

Section 109.

SCHEDULE 4 E+W+S+N.I. Minor and Consequential Amendments

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C90 Definition of "telecommunications code system" in Sch. 4 applied by Heathrow Express Railway Act 1991 (c. vii), ss. 16(5), 17(2)

C91 Definition of "telecommunications code system" in Sch. 4 para. 1(1) applied (E.W.) (1.12.1991) by Water Resources Act 1991 (c. 57, SIF 130), ss. 178, 225(2), Sch. 22 para. 1(4)(c).

C92 Definition of "telecommunications code system" in Sch. 4 para. 1(1) applied (E.W.) (1.12.1991) by Water Industry Act 1991 (c. 56, SIF 130), ss. 183, 223(2), Sch. 13 para. 1(5)(c)

C93 Definition of "telecommunications code system" in Sch. 4 applied by Strathclyde Regional Council Order Confirmation Act 1991 (c. xx, SIF 200), s. 1, Sch. Pt. IV s. 11(2).

Interpretation E+W+S+N.I.

1 (1) In this Schedule and in any enactment amended by this Schedule— E+W+S

• “the operator” means—

  (a)

  in relation to a telecommunications code system the running of which is authorised by a licence under section 7 of this Act, the person to whom the telecommunications code is applied by that licence; and

  (b)

  in relation to a telecommunications code system which the Secretary of State or a Northern Ireland department is running or proposing to run, the Secretary of State or, as the case may be, that department;

• “public telecommunications operator” has the meaning given by section 9(3) of this Act;

• “telecommunication apparatus” has the same meaning as in Schedule 2 to this Act;

• “telecommunication system” has the meaning given by subsection (1) of section 4 above (read with subsection (2) of that section);

• “the telecommunications code” means the code contained in Schedule 2 to this Act;

• “telecommunications code system” means—

  (a)

  a telecommunications system the running of which is authorised by a licence under section 7 of this Act applying the telecommunications code to any person; or

  (b)

  a telecommunication system which the Secretary of State or a Northern Ireland department is running or proposing to run and in relation to which the telecommunications code has effect by virtue of section 10(1)(b) of this Act.

(2) Subsection (11) of section 7 of this Act shall apply for the purposes of this Schedule and any enactment amended by this Schedule as it applies for the purposes of that section and the following provisions of Part II of this Act.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Extent Information

E7 This version of this provision extends to England and Wales and Scotland only; a separate version has been created for Northern Ireland only.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C94 Sch. 4 para. 1 applied (E.W.) (10.11.1993) by 1993 c. 28, s. 169, Sch. 20 Pt. II para. 19(1); S.I. 1993/2762, art. 3.

C95 Sch. 4 para. 1 excluded (25.11.1998 for specified purposes otherwise 3.7.2000) by 1998 c. 45, s. 23, Sch. 6 para. 8(1)(e); S.I. 1998/2952, art. 2(2); S.I. 2000/1173, art. 2(2)(c)

1 (1) In this Schedule and in any enactment amended by this Schedule— N.I.

• “the operator” means—

(a) in relation to a telecommunications code system the running of which is authorised by a licence under section 7 of this Act, the person to whom the telecommunications code is applied by that licence; and

(b) in relation to a telecommunications code system which the Secretary of State or a Northern Ireland department is running or proposing to run, the Secretary of State or, as the case may be, that department;

• “public telecommunications operator” has the meaning given by section 9(3) of this Act;

• “telecommunication apparatus” has the same meaning as in Schedule 2 to this Act;

• “telecommunication system” has the meaning given by subsection (1) of section 4 above (read with subsection (2) of that section);

• “the telecommunications code” means the code contained in Schedule 2 to this Act;

• “telecommunications code system” means—

(a) a telecommunications system the running of which is authorised by a licence under section 7 of this Act applying the telecommunications code to any person; or

(b) a telecommunication system which the Secretary of State or a Northern Ireland department is running or proposing to run and in relation to which the telecommunications code has effect by virtue of section 10(1)(b) of this Act.

(2) Subsection (11) of section 7 of this Act shall apply for the purposes of this Schedule and any enactment amended by this Schedule as it applies for the purposes of that section and the following provisions of Part II of this Act.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C103 Sch. 4 para. 1 applied (N.I) (21. 8. 1991) by S.I.1991/1220, arts. 1, 104(5)

C104 Sch. 4 para. 1(1) excluded (25.11.1998 for specified purposes otherwise 3.7.2000) by 1998 c. 45, s. 23, Sch. 6 para. 8(1)(e); S.I. 1998/2952, art. 2(2); S.I. 2000/1173, art. 2(2)(c)

General E+W+S+N.I.

2 E+W+S+N.I.

[F445 A requirement to do what is necessary to inform designated persons holding office under the Crown concerning matters and things transmitted or in the course of transmission by means of telecommunication services provided by a public telecommunications operator may be laid on the operator for the like purposes and in the like manner as, immediately before the appointed day, a requirement could have been laid on British Telecommunications to do what is necessary to inform such persons concerning matters and things transmitted or in the course of transmission by means of such services provided by it.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F445 Sch. 4 para 2 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Enactments relating to statutory undertakers, etc. E+W+S+N.I.

3 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F446 Sch. 4 para 3 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F447 Sch. 4 para. 3(1)(b) repealed (E.W.S.) by Enterprise and New Towns (Scotland) Act 1990 (c. 35, SIF 64), s. 38(2), Sch. 5 Pt. I

F448 Sch. 4 para. 3(1)(e) repealed (1.10.1998) by 1998 c. 38, s. 152, Sch. 18 Pt. IV (with ss. 137(1), 139(2), 141(1), 143(2)); S.I. 1998/2244, art. 4

F449 Words in Sch. 4 para. 3(1)(i) repealed (1.1.1993 for E.W.S and otherwiseprosp.) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, 108), ss. 168(2), 170, Sch.9; (E.W.) S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; (S.) S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F450 Sch. 4 para. 3(1)(j) repealed (17.2.1994) by S.I. 1993/3160 (N.I. 15), art. 134(3), Sch. 11.

Marginal Citations

M65 1974 c. 40.

M66 1975 c. 69.

M67 1975 c. 70.

M68 1976 c. 57.

M69 S.I. 1978/1049 (N.I. 19).

M70 1979 c. 11.

M71 1979 c. 46.

M72 1980 c. 66.

M73 1981 c. 64.

M74 1981 c. 67.

M75 1982 c. 16.

M76 1981 c. 38.

M77 1939 c. 31.

M78 1949 c. 84.

M79 1961 c. 64.

M80 1968 c. 30 (N.I.).

M81 1970 c. 1 (N.I.).

M82 S.I. 1972/1634 (N.I. 17).

M83 1976 c. 25.

M84 1980 c. 65.

M85 1980 c. 66.

The Telegraph Acts 1863 and 1868 E+W+S+N.I.

F451 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F451 Sch. 4 para. 4 repealed (26.3.2001) by S.I. 2001/1149, arts. 1(2), 3(2), Sch. 2 (with art. 4(11))

The M86 Foreign Enlistment Act 1870 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M86 1870 c. 90.

5 In section 30 of the Foreign Enlistment Act 1870 (interpretation), in the definition of “military service” for the words “military telegraphy” there shall be substituted the words “ military telecommunications ”. E+W+S+N.I.

E+W+S+N.I.

6 F452 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F452 Sch. 4 paras. 6, 8, 9 repealed by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), ss. 112(3)(4), Sch. 17 para. 35(1), Sch. 18

The M87 Military Tramways Act 1887 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M87 1887 c. 65.

F453 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F453 Sch. 4 para. 7 repealed (E.W.S.) (1.1.1993) by Transport and Works Act 1992 (c. 42), s. 68(1), Sch. 4 Pt. I; S.I. 1992/2784, art. 2(b), Sch. 2 Pt. I (with art. 3(1)).

E+W+S+N.I.

8 F454 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F454 Sch. 4 paras. 6, 8, 9 repealed by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), ss. 112(3)(4), Sch. 17 para. 35(1), Sch. 18

E+W+S+N.I.

9 F455 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F455 Sch. 4 paras. 6, 8, 9 repealed by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), ss. 112(3)(4), Sch. 17 para. 35(1), Sch. 18

The M88 Telegraph Act 1899 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M88 1899 c. 38.

10 In section 2(1) of the Telegraph Act 1899 (supplemental provision with respect to public telephonic systems by certain local authorities), for the words from “by” to “communication” there shall be substituted the words “ to run a public telecommunication system (within the meaning of the Telecommunications Act 1984) ”. E+W+S+N.I.

E+W+S+N.I.

11 F456 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F456 Sch. 4 para. 11 repealed by Cinemas Act 1985 (c. 13, SIF 45A), Sch. 3

The M89 Official Secrets Act 1911 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M89 1911 c. 28.

12 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F457 Sch. 4 para 12 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F458 Sch. 4 para. 12(1) repealed by Official Secrets Act 1989 (c. 6, SIF 39:2), s. 16(4), Sch. 2

E+W+S+N.I.

13 F459 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F459 Sch. 4 paras. 13, 15, 24, 34 and 70 repealed by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(3)(4), Sch. 17 para. 35(1), Sch. 18

The M90 Official Secrets Act 1920 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M90 1920 c. 75.

F460 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F460 Sch. 4 para. 14 repealed (26.3.2001) by S.I. 2001/1149, arts. 1(2), 3(2), Sch. 2 (with art. 4(11))

E+W+S+N.I.

15 F461 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F461 Sch. 4 paras. 13, 15, 24, 34 and 70 repealed by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), s. 112(3)(4), Sch. 17 para. 35(1), Sch. 18

The M91 Law of Property Act 1925 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M91 1925 c. 20.

16 E+W+S+N.I.

[F462 In subsection (4) of section 194 of the Law of Property Act 1925 (under which that section does not apply, among other things, to a telegraphic line of British Telecommunications), for the words from “telegraphic line” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system ”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F462 Sch. 4 para 16 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

The M92 Roads Improvement Act 1925 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M92 1925 c. 68.

[F463 17 (1) For subsection (6) of section 1 of the Roads Improvement Act 1925 (which applies section 7 of the M93 Telegraph Act 1878 to work in connection with the planting of trees etc. in highways) there shall be substituted the following subsections:— E+W+S+N.I.

“(6) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply, for the purposes of any works which may be done in exercise of the powers conferred by this section, to the persons on whom those powers are conferred.

(7) Sub-paragraph (8) of paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (offence) shall be deemed to be omitted for the purposes of the application by this section of that paragraph to the Minister.”.

(2) For subsection (9) of section 5 of the said Act of 1925 (saving for enactments relating to telegraphs) there shall be substituted the following subsection:—

“(9) Nothing in this section shall affect any rights conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system or apply to any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system.”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F463 Sch. 4 paras. 17, 19, 26 and 51 repealed (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), s. 156(3), Sch. 11

Marginal Citations

M93 1878 c. 76.

The M94 Public Health Act 1925 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M94 1925 c. 71.

18 In section 10 of the Public Health Act 1925 (under which nothing in that Act is to affect works or apparatus of British Telecommunications), for the words from “works” to “or any” there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or the execution for those purposes of any works or any ”. E+W+S+N.I.

The M95 Bridges Act 1929 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M95 1929 c. 33.

[F464 19 For section 13 of the Bridges Act 1929 (which applies section 7 of the Telegraph Act 1878 to work authorised or required by an order made under that Act) there shall be substituted the following section:— E+W+S+N.I.

“13 (1) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to a bridge owner or highway authority for the purposes of works authorised or required by an order under this Act.

(2) Sub-paragraph (8) of paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (offence) shall be deemed to be omitted for the purposes of the application by this section of that paragraph to the Secretary of State in any capacity.”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F464 Sch. 4 paras. 17, 19, 26 and 51 repealed (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), s. 156(3), Sch. 11

E+W+S+N.I.

20 F465 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F465 Sch. 4 para. 20 repealed by Statute Law (Repeals) Act 1989 (c. 43), s. 1(1), Sch. 1

The M96 Civil Defence Act (Northern Ireland) 1939 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M96 1939 c. 15 (N.I.).

21 For section 71 of the Civil Defence Act (Northern Ireland) 1939 (which applies section 7 of the M97 Telegraph Act 1878 to work authorised or required to be done under that Act) there shall be substituted the following section:— E+W+S+N.I.

“71 Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply, for the purposes conferred by this Act, to the persons on whom those powers are conferred.”.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M97 1878 c. 76.

The M98 Water Act 1945 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M98 1945 c. 42.

[F466 22 (1) The Water Act 1945 shall be amended in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) For section 60 (which applies section 7 of the Telegraph Act 1878 to works authorised by an order under the Water Act 1945) there shall be substituted the following section:—

“60 Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply, for the purposes of any works the execution of which is authorised by an order under this Act, to the person authorised by that order to execute those works.”.

(3) In the proviso to section 4 of Schedule 3 (subsidiary works not to interfere with telegraphic lines etc.), for the words from “telegraphic line” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or with the service provided by any such system. ”.

(4) Section 5 of Schedule 3 (which confers power on a water undertaker to operate a system of telegraphic communication) shall cease to have effect.

(5) In section 70 of Schedule 3, for paragraph (a) of the proviso (works under that section not to interfere with telegraphic lines) there shall be substituted the following paragraph:—

“(a) any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, except in accordance with, and subject to the provisions of, the telecommunications code;”.

(6) Without prejudice to section 20(2) of the M99 Interpretation Act 1978 (references to enactments), references in this paragraph to a provision of the said Schedule 3 shall include references to that Schedule as incorporated or applied by or under any enactment.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F466 Sch. 4 paras. 22 and 42 repealed (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)–(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 41(1), 57(6), 58, Sch. 27

Marginal Citations

M99 1978 c. 30.

The M100 Acquisition of Land (Authorisation Procedure) (Scotland) Act 1947 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M100 1947 c. 42.

23 In section 3 of the Acquisition of Land (Authorisation Procedure) (Scotland) Act 1947 (which empowers the Secretary of State to extinguish certain public rights of way over land acquired), after subsection (4) there shall be inserted the following subsection:— E+W+S+N.I.

“(4A) In subsection (4) above, the reference to apparatus belonging to statutory undertakers shall include a reference to apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system; and in relation to any such apparatus the references to the undertakers shall have effect as references to the operator of the system.”.

E+W+S+N.I.

24 F467 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F467 Sch. 4 paras. 13, 15, 24, 34 and 70 repealed by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), ss. 112(3)(4), Sch. 17 para. 35(1), Sch. 18

The Roads Act (Northern Ireland) 1948 E+W+S+N.I.

25 For subsections (1) and (2) of section 41 of the Roads Act (Northern Ireland) 1948, as applied by any statutory provision passed before the coming into operation of the M101 Roads (Northern Ireland) Order 1980, there shall be substituted the following subsections:— E+W+S+N.I.

“(1) Subject to subsection (1A), nothing in this Act or in any order made under it shall affect any rights conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system or apply to any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system.

(1A) Where in pursuance of an order under section 17 any road is stopped up, diverted or abandoned and immediately before that order comes into force there is under, in, over, along or across the road any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the operator of that system shall have the same powers in respect of that apparatus as if the order had not come into force; but the Department or any person in whom the site of that road is vested shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

(1B) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to the Department for the purposes of any work authorised to be carried out under this Act.

(1C) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of subsection (1A) as it applies for the purposes of that code.

(2) Paragraph 21 of the telecommunications code (restrictions on removal of apparatus) shall apply in relation to any entitlement conferred by this section to require the alteration, moving or replacement of any telecommunication apparatus as it applies in relation to an entitlement to require the removal of any such apparatus.”.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M101 S.I. 1980/1085 (N.I. 11).

The M102 Special Roads Act 1949 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M102 1949 c. 32.

[F468 26 (1) For section 20 of the Special Roads Act 1949 (saving for British Telecommunications) there shall be substituted the following section:— E+W+S+N.I.

“20 (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, nothing in this Act or in any scheme or order made under it affects any rights conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system or any duty of any such operator under that code or applies to any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system.

(2) Where in pursuance of an order under section 3 of this Act any road is stopped up or diverted and immediately before the order comes into force there is under, in, upon, over, along or across the road any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunication code system, the operator of that system shall have the same powers in respect of the telecommunication apparatus as if the order had not become operative; but any person entitled to land over which the road subsisted shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

(3) Where an order under the said section 3 provides for the alteration of any road, not being a trunk road and, immediately before the date on which the order comes into force, there is under, in, upon, over, along or across the road any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the highway authority shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

This subsection does not have effect so far as it relates to the alteration of any telecommunication apparatus for the purpose of authority’s works as defined in Part II of the Public Utilities Street Works Act 1950.

(4) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of the preceding provisions of this section as it applies for the purposes of that code.

(5) Paragraph 21 of the telecommunications code (restriction on removal of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply in relation to any entitlement conferred by this section to require the alteration, moving or replacement of any telecommunication apparatus as it applies in relation to an entitlement to require the removal of any such apparatus.”.

(2) In relation to an order under section 3 of the said Act of 1949 coming into force before the appointed day, section 20 of that Act shall have effect, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (1) above.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F468 Sch. 4 paras. 17, 19, 26 and 51 repealed (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), s. 156(3), Sch. 11

The M103 Coast Protection Act 1949 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M103 1949 c. 74.

27 In section 47 of the Coast Protection Act 1949, for paragraph (b) (savings for powers or duties of British Telecommunications) there shall be substituted the following paragraph:— E+W+S+N.I.

“(b) affect any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system or any duty of any such operator under that code;”.

The National Parks and Access to the M104 Countryside Act 1949 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M104 1949 c. 97.

28 (1) In the proviso to section 20(2) of the National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949 (byelaws for protection of nature reserves not to interfere with the exercise of functions by statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or with the running of a telecommunications code system or the exercise of any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of any such system. ”. E+W+S+N.I.

(2)

[F469 In section 60(5)(f) of that Act (under which land covered by works used for the purposes of a statutory undertaking is excepted land for the purposes of Part V of that Act), after the word “undertaking” there shall be inserted the words “ or a telecommunications code system ”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F469 Sch. 4 para 28(2) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

The M105 Public Utilities Street Works Act 1950 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M105 1950 c. 39.

[F470 29 (1) The Public Utilities Street Works Act 1950 shall be amended in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In sections 3(2)(b), 4(2)(b), 6(1)(b), 10(1)(i), 26(2) and 28(3)(a) and paragraph 5(1)(b) of Schedule 1 and paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 3 (which refer to overhead telegraphic lines), for the words “an overhead telegraphic line”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted the words “ overhead telecommunication apparatus ”.

(3) For paragraph (c) of section 38(3) (under which the references to a service pipe or service line include certain underground telegraphic lines) there shall be substituted the following paragraph:—

“(c) any telecommunication apparatus placed or intended to be placed underground for the purpose of providing a service by means of a telecommunication system to or from any premises, as distinct from telecommunication apparatus placed or intended to be placed for the general purposes of any such system”.

(4) In Schedule 7 (application to London)—

(a) in paragraph 6, for the words “overhead telegraphic lines” there shall be substituted the words “ overhead telecommunication apparatus ”; and

(b) in paragraph 8(1), for the words “an overhead telegraphic line” there shall be substituted the words “ overhead telecommunication apparatus ”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F470 Sch. 4 para. 29 repealed (1.1.1993 for E.W.S. and otherwiseprosp.) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, 108), ss. 168(2), 170, Sch.9; (E.W.) S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2, Sch.2; (S.) S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2, Sch.2

E+W+S+N.I.

30 F471 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F471 Sch. 4 paras. 30, 32 repealed by Cable and Broadcasting Act 1984 (c. 46, SIF 96), Sch. 6

The M106 Local Government (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1953 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M106 1953 c. 26.

31 In section 6 of the Local Government (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1953 (supplementary provisions as to bus shelters)— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) in subsection (1), for the words from “telegraphic line” to “in obtaining” there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system and the operator of that system notifies the local authority that he requires to obtain access to the apparatus, the authority shall, unless they temporarily remove the shelter or accommodation for the purpose of affording such access or so much thereof as is necessary for that purpose, be liable to repay to the operator so much of the expenses reasonably incurred by him in obtaining ”; and

(b) in subsection (2), for the words from “telegraphic line” to “there were” there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus as is therein mentioned, and as if for any reference therein to the operator of the system in question there were ”.

E+W+S+N.I.

32F472 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F472 Sch. 4 paras. 30, 32 repealed by Cable and Broadcasting Act 1984 (c. 46, SIF 96), Sch. 6

The Lough Neagh and Lower Bann Drainage and Navigation Act (Northern Ireland) 1955 E+W+S+N.I.

33 For subsection (2) of section 17 of the Lough Neagh and Lower Bann Drainage and Navigation Act (Northern Ireland) 1955 (which applies section 7 of the M107 Telegraph Act 1878 in relation to schemes under the said Act of 1955) there shall be substituted the following subsection:— E+W+S+N.I.

“(2) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply by the Department for the purposes of any works authorised by a scheme under this Act.”.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M107 1878 c. 76.

E+W+S+N.I.

34 F473 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F473 Sch. 4 paras. 13, 15, 24, 34 and 70 repealed by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), ss. 112(3)(4), Sch. 17 para. 35(1), Sch. 18

The M108 Housing Act 1957 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M108 1957 c. 56.

[F474 35 (1) After section 74 of the Housing Act 1957, in Part III of that Act (clearance and redevelopment), there shall be inserted the following section:— E+W+S+N.I.

74A “ Saving for telecommunication apparatus etc.

(1) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to a local authority for the purposes of any works which they are authorised to execute under this Part of this Act.

(2) Where in pursuance of an order under section 64 of this Act a public right of way over land is extinguished and, at the beginning of the day on which the order comes into operation, there is under, in, on, over, along or across the land any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the operator of that system shall have the same powers in respect of that apparatus as if the order had not come into operation; but any person entitled to land over which the right of way subsisted shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

(3) The proviso to subsection (3) of the said section 64 shall have effect in relation to any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system, and to telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system, as it has effect in relation to rights vested in and apparatus belonging to statutory undertakers.

(4) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of the preceding provisions of this section as it applies for the purposes of that code.

(5) Paragraph 21 of the telecommunications code (restriction on removal of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply in relation to any entitlement conferred by this section to require the alteration, moving or replacement of any telecommunication apparatus as it applies in relation to an entitlement to require the removal of any such apparatus.”.

(2) In relation to any order under section 64 of the said Act of 1957 coming into force before the appointed day, paragraph 33 of Schedule 3 to the 1981 Act (which made provision corresponding to sub-paragraph (1) above in relation to British Telecommunications) shall have effect, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (1) above.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F474 Sch. 4 para. 35 repealed (E.W.) by Housing (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 71, SIF 61), s. 3, Sch. 1 Pt. I

The Land Drainage (Scotland) Act 1958 E+W+S+N.I.

36 (1) For section 17 of the M109 Land Drainage (Scotland) Act 1958 (which applies section 7 of the M110 Telegraph Act 1878 to works under an improvement order) there shall be substituted the following section:— E+W+S+N.I.

“17 Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to the authorised persons under an improvement order for the purposes of works in pursuance of that order.”.

(2) In the proviso to paragraph 3 of Schedule 2 to that Act (temporary works not to interfere with telegraphic lines etc.), for the words from “telegraphic line” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or with the service provided by any such system. ”.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M109 1958 c. 24.

M110 1878 c. 76.

The M111 Local Government (Omnibus Shelters and Queue Barriers) (Scotland) Act 1958 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M111 1958 c. 50.

37 In section 3 of the Local Government (Omnibus Shelters and Queue Barriers) (Scotland) Act 1958 (supplementary provisions as to bus shelters etc.)— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) in subsection (1), for the words from “telegraphic line” to “in obtaining” there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, and the operator of that system notifies the local authority that he requires to obtain access to that apparatus, the authority shall, unless they temporarily remove the shelter, barriers or posts for the purpose of affording such access, or so much thereof as is necessary for that purpose, be liable to repay the operator of that system so much of the expenses reasonably incurred by him in obtaining ”; and

(b) in subsection (2), for the words from “telegraphic line” to “there were” there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus as is therein mentioned, and as if for any reference therein to the operator of the system in question there were ”.

The M112 Opencast Coal Act 1958 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M112 1958 c. 69.

38 (1) Section 45 of the Opencast Coal Act 1958 (provisions as to telegraphic lines) shall be amended in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In subsection (1) (prohibition on interference with telegraphic lines), for the words from “telegraphic line” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or include any right or power to require any such apparatus to be altered ”.

(3) For subsection (2) (application of section 7 of the Telegraph Act 1878 to authorised operations) there shall be substituted the following subsection:—

“(2) Where an authorisation has been granted under section 1 of this Act, paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to the Board for the purposes of any authorised operations.”.

(4) In subsection (3) (powers in relation to telegraphic lines where public right of way suspended), for the words from “telegraphic line” to “that line” there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the operator of that system shall have the same rights in respect of that apparatus ”.

(5) For subsection (4) (meaning of “telegraphic line” and “alter”) there shall be substituted the following subsection:—

“(4) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of subsection (1) above as it applies for the purposes of that code.”.

The M113 Flood Prevention (Scotland) Act 1961 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M113 1961 c. 41.

39 (1) The Flood Prevention (Scotland) Act 1961 shall be amended in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In section 3(4) (flood prevention works affecting statutory undertakers to be carried out only with their consent, which shall not be unreasonably refused), for the words “except with the consent in writing of the statutory undertakers” there shall be substituted the words “ or any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or the running of any such system, except with the consent in writing of the statutory undertakers or, as the case may be, the operator of the system ”.

(3) In the proviso to paragraph 2 of Schedule 1 (temporary works not to interfere with certain telegraphic lines etc.), for the words from “telegraphic line” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or with the service provided by any such system. ”.

(4) In paragraph 3(1) of Schedule 2 (which specifies the persons on whom certain notices are to be served), for paragraph (e) there shall be substituted the following paragraph:—

“(e) the operator of a telecommunications code system the running of which may be affected by any of the operations or by any alteration in the flow of water caused by the operations”.

The M114 Public Health Act 1961 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M114 1961 c. 64.

40 E+W+S+N.I.

[F475 In section 29B(3) of the Public Health Act 1961 (which prevents interference with the apparatus or works of statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or with any telecommunication apparatus kept installed, or works executed, for the purposes of a telecommunications code system. ”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F475 Sch. 4 para 40 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

The M115 Pipe-lines Act 1962 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M115 1962 c. 58.

41 In section 40 of the Pipe-lines Act 1962 (avoidance of interference with telegraphic lines etc.)— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) in subsection (1), for the words from “telegraphic line” to “such line” there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or with the service provided by any such system ”; and

(b) for subsections (2) and (3) there shall be substituted the following subsection:—

“(2) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply, for the purposes of works in pursuance of a compulsory rights order, to the person authorised to execute those works.”.

The M116 Water Resources Act 1963 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M116 1963 c. 38.

[F476 42 (1) In section 67 of the Water Resources Act 1963 (compulsory powers for carrying out engineering or building operations), after subsection (5) there shall be inserted the following subsection:— E+W+S+N.I.

“(5A) An order under this section shall not authorise the doing of anything to or in relation to any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system.”.

(2) For section 130 of that Act (which applies section 7 of the M117 Telegraph Act 1878 to engineering or building operations of a water authority) there shall be substituted the following section:—

“130 Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to a water authority for the purposes of engineering or building operations of the authority.”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F476 Sch. 4 paras. 22 and 42 repealed (E.W.) by Water Act 1989 (c. 15, SIF 130), ss. 58(7), 101(1), 141(6), 160(1)(2)(4), 163, 189(4)–(10), 190, 193(1), Sch. 26 paras. 3(1)(2), 17, 40(4), 41(1), 57(6), 58, Sch. 27

Marginal Citations

M117 1878 c. 76.

The M118 Harbours Act 1964 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M118 1964 c. 40.

43 For section 53 of the Harbours Act 1964 (saving for telegraphic lines) there shall be substituted the following section:— E+W+S+N.I.

“53 Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply, for the purposes of works in pursuance of a harbour revision order and works authorised by a harbour empowerment order, to the person authorised to execute those works.”.

The New Towns Act (Northern Ireland) 1965 E+W+S+N.I.

44 (1) In section 25 of the New Towns Act (Northern Ireland) 1965 (extinguishment of public rights of way), after subsection (9) there shall be inserted the following subsections:— E+W+S+N.I.

“(9A) Where in pursuance of an order under this section a public right of way over land is extinguished and, at the beginning of the day on which the order comes into operation there is under, in, on, over, along or across the land any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the operator of that system shall have the same powers in respect of that apparatus as if the order had not come into operation; but any person entitled to land over which the right of way existed shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

(9B) Where the Department has approved an order under this section in respect of any right of way in circumstances in which subsection (9A) applies in relation to the operator of any telecommunications code system, the Department shall send a copy of the order to the operator.

(9C) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal, or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of subsection (9A) as it applies for the purposes of that code.

(9D) Paragraph 21 of the telecommunications code (restriction on removal of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply in relation to any entitlement conferred by this section to require the alteration, moving or replacement of any telecommunication apparatus as it applies in relation to an entitlement to require the removal of any such apparatus.”.

(2) In relation to an order under section 25 of the said Act of 1965 coming into force before the appointed day, paragraph 76(2) of Schedule 3 to the 1981 Act (which made provision corresponding to sub-paragraph (1) above in relation to British Telecommunications) shall have effect, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (1) above.

The M119 Housing (Scotland) Act 1966 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M119 1966 c. 49.

[F477 45 After section 57 of the Housing (Scotland) Act 1966, in Part III of that Act (clearance), there shall be inserted the following section:— E+W+S+N.I.

57A “ Saving for telecommunication apparatus.

Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to a local authority for the purposes of any works which they are authorised to execute under this Part of this Act.”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F477 Sch. 4 para. 45 repealed (S.) by Housing (Scotland) Act 1987 (c. 26, SIF 61), ss. 335, 339(3), Sch. 24

The M120 Countryside (Scotland) Act 1967 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M120 1967 c. 86.

46 (1) In section 11(5)(f) of the Countryside (Scotland) Act 1967 (under which land covered by works used for the purposes of a statutory undertaking is excepted land for the purposes of Part II of that Act), after the words “statutory undertaking” there shall be inserted the words “ or a telecommunications code system ”. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In subsection (7) of section 38 of that Act (saving in respect of telegraphic lines in the case of the closure or diversion of a public path), for the words from “any telegraphic line” to the end of the proviso there shall be substituted the words “ any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the operator of that system shall have the same powers in respect of the telecommunication apparatus as if the order had not come into force; but any person entitled to land over which the path subsisted shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus ”; and after that subsection there shall be inserted the following subsections:—

“(8) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of the preceding provisions of this section as it applies for the purposes of that code.

(9) Paragraph 21 of the telecommunications code (restriction on removal of apparatus) shall apply in relation to any entitlement conferred by this section to require the alteration, moving or replacement of any telecommunication apparatus as it applies in relation to an entitlement to require the removal of any such apparatus.”.

(3) In relation to any such order as is mentioned in the said subsection (7) coming into force before the appointed day, that subsection shall have effect, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (2) above.

(4) In subsection (6) of section 54 of the said Act of 1967 (byelaws for the protection of the countryside etc. not to interfere with the exercise of functions by statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or with the running of a telecommunications code system or the exercise of any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of any such system. ”.

The M121 New Towns (Scotland) Act 1968 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M121 1968 c. 16.

47 (1) The New Towns (Scotland) Act 1968 shall be amended in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In section 14(2) (under which provisions as to extinguishment of rights over land do not apply in relation to rights and apparatus of statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or to any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system or to any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system. ”.

(3) In the proviso to section 19(1) (under which the power to override servitudes etc. shall not be used to interfere with rights vested in or belonging to statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or a right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system. ”.

(4) For section 24 (which contains provision with respect to telegraphic lines where a public right of way is extinguished under that Act) there shall be substituted the following section:—

“24 (1) Where an order under section 23 of this Act extinguishing a public right of way is made on the application of a development corporation or local highway authority, and at the time of the publication of the notice required by subsection (2) of that section any telecommunication apparatus was kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system under, in, on, over, along or across the land over which the right of way subsisted—

(a) the power of the operator of the system to remove the apparatus shall, notwithstanding the making of the order, be exercisable at any time not later than the end of the period of three months from the date on which the right of way is extinguished, and shall be exercisable in respect of the whole or any part of the apparatus after the end of that period if before the end of that period the operator of the system has given notice to the corporation or authority of his intention to remove the apparatus or that part of it, as the case may be;

(b) the operator of the system may by notice given in that behalf to the corporation or authority not later than the end of the said period of three months abandon the telecommunication apparatus or any part of it;

(c) subject to paragraph (b) above, the operator of the system shall be deemed at the end of that period to have abandoned any part of the apparatus which he has then neither removed nor given notice of his intention to remove;

(d) the operator of the system shall be entitled to recover from the corporation or authority the expense of providing, in substitution for the apparatus and any other telecommunication apparatus connected with it which is rendered useless in consequence of the removal or abandonment of the first-mentioned apparatus, any telecommunication apparatus in such other place as the operator may require;

(e) where under the foregoing provisions of this subsection the operator of the system has abandoned the whole or any part of any telecommunication apparatus, that apparatus or that part of it shall vest in the corporation or authority and shall be deemed, with its abandonment, to cease to be kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system.

(2) Where the Secretary of State makes an order under section 23 of this Act in relation to a right of way in circumstances in which subsection (1) of this section applies in relation to the operator of any telecommunications code system, the Secretary of State shall send a copy of the order to the operator.”.

(5) Where in any case a notice has been given before the appointed day under section 23(2) of the said Act of 1968 (notice of proposal to extinguish right of way) section 24 of that Act shall have effect in relation to that case, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (4) above.

(6) In section 26 (extinguishment of rights of way and rights as to apparatus of statutory undertakers), after subsection (7) there shall be inserted the following subsection:—

“(8) Except in a case in which section 24 above has effect—

(a) the reference in paragraph (a) of subsection (2) above to a right vested in or belonging to statutory undertakers for the purpose of the carrying on of their undertaking shall include a reference to a right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system; and

(b) the reference in paragraph (b) of that subsection to apparatus vested in or belonging to statutory undertakers for the purpose of the carrying on of their undertaking shall include a reference to telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system;

and for the purposes of this subsection, in this section (except in the said paragraphs (a) and (b)) and in Schedule 5 to this Act and section 27 below, references to statutory undertakers shall have effect as references to the operator of any such system, references, in relation to such an operator, to the carrying on of his undertaking shall have effect as references to the running of the telecommunications code system in question and references to the appropriate Minister shall have effect as references to the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry.”.

(7) After section 36 (which, with section 35, makes provision for the transfer etc. of the undertakings of development corporations) there shall be inserted the following section:—

“36A Application of ss. 35 and 36 to operators of certain telecommunication systems.

Sections 35 and 36 of this Act shall have effect as if references to statutory undertakers included references to the operator of any telecommunications code system and as if for this purpose—

(a) references to a statutory undertaking were references to the running of such a system; and

(b) references to the appropriate Minister were references to the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry.”.

The M122 Countryside Act 1968 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M122 1968 c. 41.

48 (1) In subsections (4) and (12) of section 41 of the Countryside Act 1968 (certain byelaws not to interfere with exercise of certain functions), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or with the running of a telecommunications code system or the exercise of any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of any such system ”. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In paragraph 6 of Schedule 2 to that Act (saving for rights of statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or to any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system. ”.

The M123 Sewerage (Scotland) Act 1968 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M123 1968 c. 47.

49 In section 22(1) of the Sewerage (Scotland) Act 1968 (Part I of that Act not to authorise interference with carrying on of a statutory undertaking), for the words from “without” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ or the running of a telecommunications code system without the consent of the statutory undertakers concerned or, as the case may be, of the operator of that system. ”. E+W+S+N.I.

The M124 Post Office Act 1969 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M124 1969 c. 48.

F478 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F478 Sch. 4 para. 50 repealed (26.3.2001) by 2000 c. 26, s. 127(6), Sch. 9; S.I. 2001/1148, art. 2, Sch. (with art. 34)

The M125 Roads (Scotland) Act 1970 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M125 1970 c. 20.

[F479 51 (1) The Roads (Scotland) Act 1970 shall be amended in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In subsection (6) of section 7 (power to divert waters after consulting local authority and other bodies acting under statutory powers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ ; and in subsection (3) above the reference to a body acting under statutory powers includes a reference to the operator of a telecommunications code system (whether or not a body) acting in pursuance of any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code. ”.

(3) For subsection (3) of section 9 (which applies section 7 of the M126 Telegraph Act 1878 to work authorised by a scheme made by a highway authority) there shall be substituted the following subsections:—

“(3) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply, for the purposes of any works authorised by a scheme made by a highway authority under this section, to the person authorised to do the works.

(4) Sub-paragraph (8) of paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (offence) shall be deemed to be omitted for the purposes of the application by this section of that paragraph to a highway authority in relation to a trunk road.”.

(4) In section 50 (interpretation)—

(a) in subsection (1), for the definition of statutory undertakers there shall be substituted the following definition:—

• ““statutory undertakers” means—

• any statutory undertakers as defined in section 275(1) of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1972;

• the Post Office; and

• except in section 39(4) of this Act, the operator of any telecommunications code system;”;

(b) after subsection (2) there shall be inserted the following subsection—

“(2A) Any reference in this Act to apparatus belonging to statutory undertakers shall, in relation to the operator of a telecommunications code system, have effect as a reference to telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of that system.”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F479 Sch. 4 paras. 17, 19, 26 and 51 repealed (S.) by Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 (c. 54, SIF 108), s. 156(3), Sch. 11

Marginal Citations

M126 1878 c. 76.

The Harbours Act (Northern Ireland) 1970 E+W+S+N.I.

52 For section 37 of the Harbours Act (Northern Ireland) 1970 (which applies sections 6 and 7 of the Telegraph Act 1878 in relation to a harbour order) there shall be substituted the following section:— E+W+S+N.I.

“37 Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to a person authorised by a harbour order to execute any works, for the purposes of those works.”.

E+W+S+N.I.

53F480 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F480 Sch. 4 para. 53 repealed by Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990 (c. 11, SIF 123:1, 2), s. 3, Sch. 1 Pt. I

The M127 Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1972 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M127 1972 c. 52.

F481 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F481 Sch. 4 para. 54 repealed (27.5.1997) by 1997 c. 11, ss. 3, 6(2), Sch. 1 Pt. I (with s. 5, Sch. 3)

The M128 Electricity Supply (Northern Ireland) Order 1972 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M128 S.I. 1972/1072 (N.I. 9).

(1)

[F482 The Electricity Supply (Northern Ireland) Order 1972 shall be amended in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph.]

(2) F483 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(7)

[F482 In paragraph 3 of Schedule 3 (works in or under roads or bridges), the references to British Telecommunications shall have effect as references to the operator of any telecommunications code system for the purposes of which any telecommunication apparatus is kept installed in, under, along or across the road or bridge mentioned in that paragraph.]

(8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F482 Sch. 4 para 55(1)(7) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F483 Sch. 4 para. 55(2)-(6) (8)-(11) repealed (1.4.1992) by S.I. 1992/231 (N.I. 1), art. 95(4), Sch. 14; S.R. 1992/117, art. 3(1)

The M129 Planning (Northern Ireland) Order 1972 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M129 S.I. 1972/1634 (N.I. 17).

[F484 56 (1) The power to make a development order under Article 13 of the Planning (Northern Ireland) Order 1972 (development orders) shall include power— E+W+S

(a) to repeal paragraph 12(3) of Schedule 5 to that Order and sub-paragraph (5) below; and

(b) to make any such provision as is mentioned in that Article in relation to cases in which planning permission is required by virtue of that repeal;

and the power conferred by virtue of this sub-paragraph shall include power to make different provision for different cases.

(2) In Article 80(2) of that Order (copies of notices to be served on certain persons), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ and on the operator of any telecommunications code system for the purposes of which any telecommunication apparatus is kept installed along, across, under or over any such land. ”.

(3) For Article 81 of that Order (telegraphic lines) there shall be substituted the following Article;—

“81 (1) Where an order is made under Article 79 and immediately before the date on which the order became operative there was, under, in, on, over, along or across the right of way any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the operator of that system shall have the same powers in respect of that apparatus as if the order had not become operative; but the Department shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

(2) If the operator of a telecommunications code system removes any telecommunication apparatus in circumstances in which paragraph (1) applies and serves a notice on the Department notifying the Department of the removal, the operator shall be entitled to recover from the Department the expense of providing in substitution for the apparatus and any telecommunication apparatus connected therewith which is rendered useless in consequence of the removal, any telecommunication apparatus in such other place as the operator may require.

(3) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of the preceding provisions of this Article as it applies for the purpose of that code.

(4) Paragraph 21 of the telecommunications code (restriction on removal of apparatus) shall apply in relation to any entitlement conferred by this Article to require the alteration, moving or replacement of any telecommunication apparatus as it applies in relation to an entitlement to require the removal of any such apparatus.”.

(4) In relation to an order under Article 79 of that Order which becomes operative before the appointed day, Article 81 of that Order shall have effect, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (3) above.

(5) F485 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F484 Sch. 4 para. 56 repealed (N.I.) (21. 8. 1991) by S.I. 1991/1220, arts. 1, 133(2), Sch. 6

F485 Sch. 4 para. 56(5) repealed by S.I. 1985/366, art. 5

The M130 Fair Trading Act 1973 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M130 1973 c. 41.

57 F486 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F486 Sch. 4 para. 57 repealed (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 26; S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with arts. 8, 10)

The M131 Drainage (Northern Ireland) Order 1973 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M131 S.I. 1973/69 (N.I. 1).

58 (1) For paragraph 3 of Schedule 9 to the Drainage (Northern Ireland) Order 1973, there shall be substituted the following paragraph;— E+W+S+N.I.

“3 (1) Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, nothing in this Order or any scheme made thereunder shall affect any rights conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system or authorise the Department to interfere with any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system.

(2) Where for the purposes of carrying out any scheme, the Department diverts or closes any public road, or any part of a public road, under, in, on, over, along or across which there is any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the operator of that system shall have the same powers in respect of that apparatus as if such road or part had not been diverted or closed; but the Department or any person in whom the site of that road, or part of a road, is vested shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

(3) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to the Department for the purposes of the carrying out of any drainage scheme or of a confirmed scheme under Schedule 7.

(4) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of the preceding provisions of this paragraph as it applies for the purposes of the code.

(5) Paragraph 21 of the telecommunications code (restriction on removal of apparatus) shall apply in relation to any entitlement conferred by this paragraph to require the alteration, moving or replacement of any telecommunication apparatus as it applies in relation to an entitlement to require the removal of any such apparatus.”.

(2) Where in any case a public road or part of a public road is diverted or closed as mentioned in sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 3 of the said Schedule 9 before the appointed day, that paragraph shall have effect in relation to that case, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (1) above.

The M132 Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 1973 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M132 S.I. 1973/70 (N.I. 2).

59 In article 58 of the Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 1973 (protection of telegraphic and telephonic wires), in paragraph (1), for the words “telegraphic, telephonic or electric signalling communication” there shall be substituted the word “ telecommunications ”. E+W+S+N.I.

The M133 Consumer Credit Act 1974 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M133 1974 c. 39.

60 (1) In section 16(6) of the Consumer Credit Act 1974 (power by order to provide exemption from the regulation of consumer hire agreements), for the words after paragraph (b) there shall be substituted the words “ or where the owner is a public telecommunications operator specified in the order ”. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) F487 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F487 Sch. 4 para. 60(2) repealed (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 26; S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with arts. 8, 10)

The M134 Housing (Scotland) Act 1974 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M134 1974 c. 45.

61 (1) After section 36 of the Housing (Scotland) Act 1974, in Part II of that Act (substandard houses), there shall be inserted the following section;— E+W+S+N.I.

“36A Saving for telecommunication apparatus etc.

(1) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to a local authority for the purposes of any works which they are authorised to execute under this Part of this Act.

(2) Where in pursuance of an order under section 33 of this Act a public right of way over land is extinguished or a street is closed or diverted, and, at the beginning of the day on which the order comes into operation, there is under, in, on, over, along or across the land or street any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the operator of that system shall have the same powers in respect of that apparatus as if the order had not come into operation; but any person entitled to land over which the right of way subsisted shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

(3) The proviso to subsection (4) of the said section 33 shall have effect in relation to any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system and to telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system as it has effect in relation to rights vested in and apparatus belonging to statutory undertakers.

(4) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of the preceding provisions of this section as it applies for the purposes of that code.

(5) Paragraph 21 of the telecommunications code (restriction on removal of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply in relation to any entitlement conferred by this section to require the alteration, moving or replacement of any telecommunication apparatus as it applies in relation to an entitlement to require the removal of any such apparatus.”.

(2) In relation to an order under section 33 of the said Act of 1974 coming into force before the appointed day, paragraph 47 of Schedule 3 to the 1981 Act (which made provision corresponding to sub-paragraph (1) above in relation to British Telecommunications) shall have effect, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (1) above.

E+W+S+N.I.

62 F488 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F488 Sch. 4 para. 62 repealed by Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1, SIF 63:1), s. 844, Sch. 31

The M135 Scottish Development Agency Act 1975 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M135 1975 c. 69.

[F489 63 For subsection (8) of section 10 of the Scottish Development Agency Act 1975 (saving for Telegraph Acts 1863 to 1916 in respect of powers of entry) there shall be substituted the following subsection:— E+W+S+N.I.

“(8) Nothing in this section shall affect any rights conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system or any duty of any such operator under that code or apply to any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system.”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F489 Sch. 4 para. 63 repealed (E.W.S.) by Enterprise and New Towns (Scotland) Act 1990 (c. 35, SIF 64), s. 38(2), Sch. 5 Pt. I

E+W+S+N.I.

64 F490 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F490 Sch. 4 para. 64 repealed by Airports Act 1986 (c. 31, SIF 9), s. 83(5), Sch. 6 Pt. I

The M136 Restrictive Trade Practices Act 1976 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M136 1976 c. 34.

65 E+W+S+N.I.

[F491 In section 41(1)(a) of the Restrictive Trade Practices Act 1976 (disclosure of information), after the words “the Director,” there shall be inserted the words “ the Director General of Telecommunications, ” and after the words “the M137 Competition Act 1980” there shall be inserted the words “ or the Telecommunications Act 1984 ”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F491 Sch. 4 para 65 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M137 1980 c. 21.

The M138 Land Drainage Act 1976 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M138 1976 c. 70.

[F492 66 (1) In section 23(4) of the Land Drainage Act 1976 (notice of arrangements to be given to British Telecommunications and to be published), for the words from “give” to “like notice” there shall be substituted the words “ publish a notice of their intention ”. S+N.I.

(2) In section 112(2) of that Act (which specifies the undertakings whose property and works are not to be interfered with by work under that Act), after paragraph (d) there shall be inserted the following paragraph:—

“(e) any undertaking consisting in the running of a telecommunications code system.”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F492 Sch. 4 para. 66 repealed (E.W.) (1.12.1991) by Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991 (c. 60, SIF 130), ss. 3(1), 4(2), Sch. 3, Pt.1.(with Sch. 2, paras. 10, 14(1), 15).

The M139 Development of Rural Wales Act 1976 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M139 1976 c. 75.

F493 67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F493 Sch. 4 para. 67 repealed (1.10.1998) by 1998 c. 38, s. 152, Sch. 18 Pt. IV (with ss. 137(1), 139(2), 141(1), 143(2)); S.I. 1998/2244, art. 4

The M140 Gas (Northern Ireland) Order 1977 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M140 S.I. 1977/596 (N.I. 7).

F494 68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F494 Sch. 4 para. 68 repealed (10.6.1996) by S.I. 1996/275 (N.I. 2), art. 71(4), Sch. 8; S.R. 1996/216, art. 2 (with arts. 3, 4)

The M141 Rates (Northern Ireland) Order 1977 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M141 S.I. 1977/2157 (N.I. 28).

F495 69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F495 Sch. 4 para. 69 repealed (20.2.1997) by S.I. 1996/3162 (N.I. 25), art. 13, Sch.

E+W+S

70 F496 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F496 Sch. 4 paras. 13, 15, 24, 34 and 70 repealed by Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29, SIF 44:1), ss. 112(3)(4), Sch. 17 para. 35(1), Sch. 18

The M142 Land Registration (Scotland) Act 1979 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M142 1979 c. 33.

71 In section 28(1) of the Land Registration (Scotland) Act 1979 (interpretation etc.), in the definition of “overriding interest”, after pargraph (e) there shall be inserted the following paragraph:— E+W+S+N.I.

“(ee) the operator having a right conferred in accordance with paragraph 2, 3 or 5 of Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications Act 1984 (agreements for execution of works, obstruction of access, etc.);”.

The M143 Estate Agents Act 1979 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M143 1979 c. 38.

72 F497 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F497 Sch. 4 para. 72 repealed (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 26; S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with arts. 8, 10)

The M144 Competition Act 1980 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M144 1980 c. 21.

73 F498 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F498 Sch. 4 para. 73 repealed (20.6.2003) by 2002 c. 40, ss. 278, 279, Sch. 26; S.I. 2003/1397, art. 2(1), Sch. (with arts. 8, 10)

The M145 Water (Scotland) Act 1980 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M145 1980 c. 45.

74 (1) Schedule 4 to the Water (Scotland) Act 1980 (provisions to be incorporated in orders relating to water undertakers) shall be amended in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In the proviso to section 4 of the Schedule (subsidiary works not to interfere with telegraphic lines etc), for the words from “telegraphic line” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or with the service provided by any such system. ”.

(3) Section 5 of the Schedule (which confers power on a water undertaking to operate a system of telegraphic communication) shall cease to have effect.

(4) In section 36 of the Schedule, for paragraph (a) of the proviso (works under that section not to interfere with telegraphic lines) there shall be substituted the following paragraph:—

“(a) any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, except in accordance with, and subject to the provisions of, the telecommunications code; or”.

(5) Without prejudice to section 20(2) of the M146 Interpretation Act 1978 (references to enactments), references in this paragraph to the said Schedule 4 shall include references to that Schedule as incorporated or applied by or under any enactment.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M146 1978 c. 30.

The M147 Local Government, Planning and Land Act 1980 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M147 1980 c. 65.

75 (1) Schedule 28 to the Local Government, Planning and Land Act 1980 shall be amended as follows. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In paragraph 5(2) (under which provisions as to extinguishment of rights over land do not apply in relation to rights and apparatus of statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or to any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system or to any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system ”.

(3) In paragraph 6(2) (under which the power to override easements etc. shall not be used to interfere with rights vested in, or belonging to, statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or a right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system ”.

(4) For paragraph 13 (which contains provision with respect to telegraphic lines where a public right of way is extinguished under that Schedule) there shall be substituted the following paragraph:—

“13 (1) Where an order under paragraph 11 above extinguishing a public right of way is made on the application of an urban development corporation or local highway authority, and at the time of the publication of the notice required by sub-paragraph (2) of that paragraph any telecommunication apparatus was kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system under, in, on, over, along or across the land over which the right of way subsisted—

(a) the power of the operator of the system to remove the apparatus shall, notwithstanding the making of the order, be exercisable at any time not later than the end of the period of three months from the date on which the right of way is extinguished and shall be exercisable in respect of the whole or any part of the apparatus after the end of that period if before the end of that period the operator of the system has given notice to the corporation or authority of his intention to remove the apparatus or that part of it, as the case may be;

(b) the operator of the system may by notice given in that behalf to the corporation or authority not later than the end of the said period of three months abandon the telecommunication apparatus or any part of it;

(c) subject to paragraph (b), the operator of the system shall be deemed at the end of that period to have abandoned any part of the apparatus which he has then neither removed nor given notice of his intention to remove;

(d) the operator of the system shall be entitled to recover from the corporation or authority the expense of providing, in substitution for the apparatus and any other telecommunication apparatus connected with it which is rendered useless in consequence of the removal or abandonment of the first-mentioned apparatus, any telecommunication apparatus in such other place as the operator may require;

(e) where under the preceding provisions of this sub-paragraph the operator of the system has abandoned the whole or any part of any telecommunication apparatus, that apparatus or that part of it shall vest in the corporation or authority and shall be deemed, with its abandonment, to cease to be kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system.

(2) As soon as practicable after the making of an order under paragraph 11 above extinguishing a public right of way in circumstances in which sub-paragraph (1) above applies in relation to the operator of any telecommunications code system, the Secretary of State shall give notice to the operator of the making of the order.”.

(5) Where in any case a notice has been given before the appointed day under paragraph 11(2) of the said Schedule 28 (notice of proposal to extinguish right of way) paragraph 13 of the said Schedule 28 shall have effect in relation to that case, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (4) above.

(6) In paragraph 14 (extinguishment of rights of way and rights as to apparatus of statutory undertakers), for sub-paragraphs (7) and (8) there shall be substituted the following sub-paragraph:—

“(7) Except in a case in which paragraph 13 above has effect—

(a) the reference in paragraph (a) of sub-paragraph (1) above to a right vested in or belonging to statutory undertakers for the purpose of the carrying on of their undertaking shall include a reference to a right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system; and

(b) the reference in paragraph (b) of that sub-paragraph to apparatus vested in or belonging to statory undertakers for the purpose of the carrying on of their undertaking shall include a reference to telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system;

and for the purposes of this sub-paragraph, in this paragraph (except the said paragraphs (a) and (b)) and in paragraph 15 below, references to statutory undertakers shall have effect as references to the operator of any such system and references to the appropriate Minister shall have effect as references to the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry.”.

(7) In paragraph 16 (notice given by statutory undertakers), after sub-paragraph (8) there shall be inserted the following sub-paragraph:—

“(9) In sub-paragraph (1)(a) above, the reference to apparatus vested in or belonging to statutory undertakers shall include a reference to telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system; and for the purposes of this sub-paragraph, in this paragraph references (except in the said sub-paragraph (1)(a)) to statutory undertakers shall have effect as references to the operator of any such system and references to the appropriate Minister shall have effect as references to the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry.”.

The M148 Highways Act 1980 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M148 1980 c. 66.

76 (1) The Highways Act 1980 shall be amended in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In section 35 (creation of walkways by agreement)—

(a) in subsection (11)(c), for the words from “authorities” to “place” there shall be substituted for words “ authorities and the operators of telecommunications code systems to place ”; and

(b) in subsection (12), for the words from “authorities” to “place” there shall be substituted the words “ authorities or the operators of telecommunications code systems to place ”.

(3) In section 115D (which limits the way in which certain powers may be exercised), at the end there shall be inserted the words

“; or

(d) as to prevent the operator of a telecommunications code system having access to any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of that system under, in, on or over the highway.”.

(4) In section 142(5) (under which licences to plant trees may contain conditions for the protection of the apparatus of statutory undertakers), for the words from “and”, in the fourth place where it occurs, onwards there shall be substituted the words “ and the operators of telecommunications code systems ”.

(5) In subsection (6) of section 144 (powers to erect flagpoles on highways), in the definition of “statutory undertakers”, at the end there shall be inserted the words “ and the operator of a telecommunications code system ”.

[F499 (6) In section 156(4) (which authorises works relating to an overhead telegraphic line), for the words “an overhead telegraphic line” there shall be substituted the words “ overhead telecommunication apparatus ”.]

(7) In section 157(9) (meaning of undertakers), for the words from “means” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ means persons having powers to break up or open highways in Greater London for the purposes of any sewerage system, any water, gas, electricity, tramway or other undertaking or any telecommunications code system ”.

(8) In section 169(4) (which, among other things, defines “statutory undertakers” for the purposes of provisions relating to scaffolding and building materials in highways), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ and the operator of a telecommunications code system ”.

(9) In subsection (3) of section 170 (control of mixing of mortar on highways), in the definition of “statutory undertakers”, at the end there shall be inserted the words “ and the operator of a telecommunications code system ”.

(10) In section 177 (restriction on construction of buildings over highways)—

(a) in subsection (4) (no interference with the rights of statutory undertakers), for the words from “statutory undertakers” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ statutory undertakers or the operator of a telecommunications code system ”; and

(b) for subsection (12) (which applies section 7 of the M149 Telegraph Act 1878 to work authorised or required by a licence under section 177) there shall be substituted the following subsection:—

“(12) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply, for the purposes of works authorised or required by a licence under this section to be executed, to the licensee.”.

(11) In section 178(5) (statutory undertakers for the purposes of the licensing of the placing of rails, beams, etc.), for the words from “and”, in the second place where it occurs, onwards there shall be substituted the words “ the Post Office and the operator of a telecommunications code system are to be deemed to be statutory undertakers ”.

[F499 (12) In section 181 (provisions relating to placing of certain apparatus in highways)—

(a) in subsection (7) (which relates to licences of the Secretary of State or British Telecommunications), for the words from “licence”, in the third place where it occurs, to “required” there shall be substituted the words “ licence of the Secretary of State is required ”;

(b) in subsection (8) (which provides that that section does not apply to the apparatus of statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or to any apparatus which the operator of a telecommunications code system places, maintains, repairs or reinstates in or under the highway in question in pursuance of a right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code. ”; and

(c) in subsection (9) (meaning of statutory undertakers), for the words from “include” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ except in subsection (8) above, include the operator of a telecommunications code system ”.]

(13) In section 329 (interpretation), after subsection (4) there shall be inserted the following subsection:—

“(4A) Any reference in this Act to apparatus belonging to, or used or maintained by the operator of a telecommunications code system shall have effect as a reference to telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of that system.”.

(14) For section 334 (savings for British Telecommunications) there shall be substituted the following section:—

“334 (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, nothing in this Act or in any scheme or order made under it affects any rights conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system or any duty of any such operator under that code or applies to any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system; but this subsection does not affect the operation of sections 156 to 159 above.

(2) Where—

(a) land is conveyed by a highway authority in pursuance of section 256 above, or

(b) a highway is stopped up or diverted in pursuance of an order to which this paragraph applies,

and immediately before the conveyance or, as the case may be, at the beginning of the day on which the order comes into force there is under, in, upon, over, along or across the land conveyed or, as the case may be, the highway stopped up or diverted any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, then the provisions of subsection (3) below have effect.

Paragraph (b) above applies to the following orders, namely an order made or confirmed by the Minister under section 14 or 18 above, a public path extinguishment order and a public path diversion order.

(3) In the circumstances mentioned in subsection (2) above, the operator of the telecommunications code system has the same power in respect of the telecommunication apparatus as if the conveyance had not been made or, as the case may be, the order had not come into force; but the transferee of the land or, as the case may be, any person entitled to land over which the stopped up or diverted highway subsisted shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

(4) Where in pursuance of an order made by a magistrates’ court under section 116 above a highway is stopped up or diverted, the following provisions of this subsection have effect in relation to so much of any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system as is under, in, upon, over, along or across land which by reason of the stopping up or diversion ceases to be a highway ("the affected apparatus’)—

(a) the power of the operator of the system to remove the affected apparatus is exercisable notwithstanding the making of the order, so however that the said power is not exercisable, as respects the whole or any part of the affected apparatus, after the expiration of a period of 3 months from the date of the sending of the notice referred to in subsection (5) below unless before the expiration of that period the operator of the system has given notice to the authority on whose application the order was made of his intention to remove the affected apparatus or that part of it, as the case may be;

(b) the operator of the system may by notice in that behalf to the said authority abandon the affected apparatus or any part of it, and is to be deemed, as respects the affected apparatus or any part of it, to have abandoned it at the expiration of the said period of 3 months unless before the expiration of that period he has removed it or given notice of his intention to remove it;

(c) the operator of the system is entitled to recover from the said authority the expense of providing, in substitution for the affected apparatus and any telecommunication apparatus connected with it which is rendered useless in consequence of the removal or abandonment of the affected apparatus, any telecommunication apparatus in such other place as he may require;

(d) where under paragraph (b) above the operator of the system has abandoned the whole or any part of the affected apparatus, it vests in the authority there referred to and shall be deemed, with its abandonment, to cease to be kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system.

(5) As soon as practicable after the making of an order under section 116 above in circumstances in which subsection (4) above applies in relation to the operator of any telecommunications code system the authority on whose application the order was made shall by notice to the operator inform him of the making of the order.

(6) Where an order under section 14 or 18 above provides for the alteration of a highway and, immediately before the date on which the order comes into force, there is under, in, upon, over, along or across the highway any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the highway authority shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

This subsection does not have effect so far as it relates to the alteration of any telecommunication apparatus for the purposes of authority’s works as defined in Part II of the Public Utilities Street Works Act 1950.

(7) Where in pursuance of an order under section 14 or 18 above a highway is stopped up or diverted, or an order under either of those sections provides for the alteration of a highway, and, immediately before the date on which the order comes into force, there is under, in, upon, over, along or across the highway any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system then, without prejudice to subsections (2), (3) and (6) above, the provisions of subsection (8) below have effect.

(8) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply, for the purposes of the construction or improvement of the trunk road, special road or classified road, as the case may be, to which the order relates and of any works authorised by the order, to the Minister or other highway authority by whom the order in question was made.

(9) Without prejudice to the code in Part II of the Public Utilities Street Works Act 1950 (relations between an authority carrying out road alterations and undertakers whose apparatus is thereby affected) the said paragraph 23 shall apply for the purposes of—

(a) any work authorised or required by an order under section 93 above to be done by a highway authority or the owners of a bridge,

(b) any work which a highway authority is authorised to carry out under section 96 above, and

(c) any work authorised or required by a licence under section 176 above to be done by the person to whom the licence is granted,

to the authority or person authorised or required to carry out the work.

(10) Where, in pursuance of any order or scheme made or confirmed under this Act, a navigable watercourse is diverted and, immediately before the date on which the order or scheme comes into force, there is under, in, upon, over, along or across the watercourse, or any towing path or other way adjacent to it, any telecommunications code system, the operator of that system has the same powers in respect of that apparatus as if the order or scheme had not come into force; but—

(a) the highway authority by whom the order or scheme was made, or

(b) any person entitled to land on which so much of the watercourse, towing path or way as is diverted in pursuance of the order or scheme was previously situated,

shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

(11) Sub-paragraph (8) of paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (offence) shall be deemed to be omitted for the purposes of the application by this section of that paragraph to the Minister.

(12) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of the preceding provisions of this section as it applies for the purposes of that code.

(13) Paragraph 21 of the telecommunications code (restriction on removal of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply in relation to any entitlement conferred by this section to require the alteration, moving or replacement of any telecommunication apparatus as it applies in relation to an entitlement to require the removal of any such apparatus.”.

(15) In relation—

(a) to a conveyance before the appointed day made in pursuance of section 256 of the M150 Highways Act 1980, and

(b) to an order coming into force before the appointed day to which subsection (2)(b), (4), (6), (7) or (10) of section 334 of that Act applies immediately before that day,

the said section 334 shall have effect, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (14) above.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F499 Sch. 4 para. 76(6)(12) repealed (1.1.1993 for E.W.S. and otherwiseprosp.) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22), ss. 168(2), 170, Sch.9; (E.W.) S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2, Sch.2; (S.) S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch.2

Marginal Citations

M149 1878 c. 76.

M150 1980 c. 66.

The M151 Roads (Northern Ireland) Order 1980 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M151 S.I. 1980/1085 (N.I. 11).

F500 77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F500 Sch. 4 para. 77 repealed (17.2.1994) by S.I. 1993/3160 (N.I. 15), art. 134(3), Sch.11.

The M152 British Telecommunications Act 1981 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M152 1981 c. 38.

F501 78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F501 Sch. 4 para. 78 repealed (26.3.2001) by 2000 c. 26, s. 127(6), Sch. 9; S.I. 2001/1148, art. 2, Sch. (with art. 34)

The M153 New Towns Act 1981 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M153 1981 c. 64.

79 (1) The New Towns Act 1981 shall be amended in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) In section 16(2) (under which provisions as to extinguishment of rights over land do not apply in relation to rights and apparatus of statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or to any right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system or to any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system. ”.

(3) In section 19(2) (under which the power to override easements etc. shall not be used to interfere with rights vested in or belonging to statutory undertakers), at the end there shall be inserted the words “ or a right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system. ”.

(4) For section 24 (which contains provision with respect to telegraphic lines where a public right of way is extinguished under that Act) there shall be substituted the following section:—

“24 (1) Where an order under section 23 of this Act extinguishing a public right of way is made on the application of a development corporation or local highway authority, and at the time of the publication of the notice required by subsection (2) of that section any telecommunication apparatus was kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system under, in, over, along or across the land over which the right of way subsisted—

(a) the power of the operator of the system to remove the apparatus shall, notwithstanding the making of the order, be exercisable at any time not later than the end of the period of three months from the date on which the right of way is extinguished and shall be exercisable in respect of the whole or any part of the apparatus after the end of that period if before the end of that period the operator of the system has given notice to the corporation or authority of his intention to remove the apparatus or that part of it, as the case may be;

(b) the operator of the system may by notice given in that behalf to the corporation or authority not later than the end of that period of three months abandon the telecommunication apparatus or any part of it;

(c) subject to paragraph (b) above, the operator of the system shall be deemed at the end of that period to have abandoned any part of the apparatus which he has then neither removed nor given notice of his intention to remove;

(d) the operator of the system shall be entitled to recover from the corporation or authority the expenses of providing, in substitution for the apparatus and any other telecommunication apparatus connected with it which is rendered useless in consequence of the removal or abandonment of the first-mentioned apparatus, any telecommunication apparatus in such other place as the operator may require;

(e) where under the preceding provisions of this subsection the operator of the system has abandoned the whole or any part of any telecommunication apparatus, that apparatus or that part of it shall vest in the corporation or authority and shall be deemed, with its abandonment, to cease to be kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system.

(2) Where the Secretary of State makes an order under section 23 above in circumstances in which subsection (1) above applies in relation to the operator of any telecommunications code system, the Secretary of State shall send a copy of the order to the operator.”.

(5) Where in any case a notice has been given before the appointed day under section 23(2) of the said Act of 1981 (notice of proposal to extinguish right of way), section 24 of that Act shall have effect in relation to that case, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (4) above.

(6) In section 26 (extinguishment of rights of way and rights as to apparatus of statutory undertakers), for subsection (8) there shall be substituted the following subsection:—

“(8) Except in a case in which section 24 above has effect—

(a) the reference in paragraph (a) of subsection (2) above to a right vested in or belonging to statutory undertakers for the purpose of the carrying on of their undertaking shall include a reference to a right conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system; and

(b) the reference in paragraph (b) of that subsection to apparatus vested in or belonging to statutory undertakers for the purpose of the carrying on of their undertaking shall include a reference to telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of any such system;

and for the purposes of this subsection, in this section (except in the said paragraphs (a) and (b)) and in Schedule 7 to this Act and section 27 below, references to statutory undertakers shall have effect as references to the operator of any such system, references, in relation to such an operator, to the carrying on of his undertaking shall have effect as references to the running of the telecommunications code system in question and references to the appropriate Minister shall have effect as references to the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry.”.

(7) In section 39 (power of development corporation to transfer undertakings), after subsection (6) there shall be inserted the following subsection:—

“(7) This section shall have effect as if references to statutory undertakers included references to the operator of any telecommunications code system and as if for this purpose—

(a) references to a statutory undertaking were references to the running of such a system; and

(b) references to the appropriate Minister were references to the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry.”.

The M154 Acquisition of Land Act 1981 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M154 1981 c. 67.

(1)

[F502 At the end of section 28 of the Acquisition of Land Act 1981 (acquisition of rights over land by the creation of new rights) there shall be added the following paragraph:—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2) In section 32 of that Act (power to extinguish certain rights of way), after subsection (6) (which contains a saving in relation to the apparatus of statutory undertakers) there shall be inserted the following subsection:—

“(6A) In subsection (6) above the reference to apparatus belonging to statutory undertakers shall include a reference to telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system and in relation to any such apparatus—

(a) the references to the undertakers shall have effect as references to the operator of the system in question; and

(b) the reference to the appropriate Minister shall have effect as a reference to the Secretary of State.”.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F502 Sch. 4 para 80(1) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with arts. 3(3), 11)

The M155 Broadcasting Act 1981 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M155 1981 c. 68.

[F503 81 In section 3 of the Broadcasting Act 1981 (powers of the IBA)— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) in subsection (1)(c), for the words “British Telecommunications” there shall be substituted the words “ operators of telecommunications code systems ”; and

(b) in subsection (7), for the words “section 15 of the M156 British Telecommunications Act 1981” there shall be substituted the words “ section 7 of the Telecommunications Act 1984 ”.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F503 Sch. 4 para. 81 repealed (1.1.1991) by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c.42, SIF 96), ss. 4(6), 87(6), 134, 203(3), 204(2), Sch. 12 Pt. II para. 1, Sch. 21; S.I. 1990/2347, art. 3(1) (subject to art. 3(2)(3))

Marginal Citations

M156 1981 c. 38.

The M157 Housing (Northern Ireland) Order 1981 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M157 S.I. 1981/156 (N.I.3).

82 (1) After Article 159 of the Housing (Northern Ireland) Order 1981 there shall be inserted the following Article:— E+W+S+N.I.

“159A (1) Paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code (which provides a procedure for certain cases where works involve the alteration of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply to the Executive for the purposes of any works which it is authorised to execute under Chapter II, III or V of Part III.

(2) Where in pursuance of an order under Article 51 a public right of way over land is extinguished and, at the beginning of the day on which the order comes into operation, there is under, in, on, over, along or across the land any telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system, the operator of that system shall have the same powers in respect of that apparatus as if the order had not come into operation; but any person entitled to land over which the right of way subsisted shall be entitled to require the alteration of the apparatus.

(3) Paragraph 1(2) of the telecommunications code (alteration of apparatus to include moving, removal or replacement of apparatus) shall apply for the purposes of the preceding provisions of this Article as it applies for the purposes of that code.

(4) Paragraph 21 of the telecommunications code (restriction on removal of telecommunication apparatus) shall apply in relation to any entitlement conferred by this Article to require the alteration, moving or replacement of any telecommunication apparatus as it applies in relation to an entitlement to require the removal of any such apparatus.”.

(2) In relation to an order under Article 51 of the said Order of 1981 coming into force before the appointed day, paragraph 76(2) of Schedule 3 to the 1981 Act (which made provision corresponding to sub-paragraph (1) above in relation to British Telecommunications) shall have effect, notwithstanding any repeal made by this Act, as it has effect immediately before the coming into force of sub-paragraph (1) above.

The M158 Planning Blight (Compensation) (Northern Ireland) Order 1981 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M158 S.I. 1981/608 (N.I. 16).

83 In Article 2(2) of the Planning Blight (Compensation) (Northern Ireland) Order 1981, in the definition of “appropriate authority” after the word “body”, there shall be inserted the words “ or person ”. E+W+S+N.I.

The M159 Civil Aviation Act 1982 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M159 1982 c. 16.

84 In section 48(7)(b) of the Civil Aviation Act 1982 (by virtue of which British Telecommunications is deemed to be an electricity undertaker for the purposes of a provision requiring notice to be given of proposals to stop up or divert a highway), for the words “British Telecommunications” there shall be substituted the words “ the operator of a telecommunications code system ”. E+W+S+N.I.

The M160 Cinematograph (Amendment) Act 1982 E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M160 1982 c. 33.

[F504 85 In section 1 of the M161 Cinematograph (Amendment) Act 1982 (extension of Cinematograph Act 1909 to certain other exhibitions of moving pictures), for the words from “distributed” to the end there shall be substituted the words “ programmes included in a cable programme service which is, or does not require to be, licensed under Part IV of the Telecommunications Act 1984 ”.] E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F504 Sch. 4 para. 85 repealed (E.W.S.) by Cinemas Act 1985 (c. 13, SIF 45A), Sch. 3

Marginal Citations

M161 1909 c. 30.

Enactments relating to London E+W+S+N.I.

(1)

[F505 In the M162 London Overground Wires etc. Act 1933—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2) In section 7(6) of the M163 London County Council (General Powers) Act 1949 (electrical apparatus not to interfere with telegraphic lines etc.), for the words from “telegraphic line” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or with any service provided by means of any such apparatus. ”.

(3) In section 17(4) of the M164 London County Council (General Powers) Act 1963 (protection for telegraphic lines), for the words from “telegraphic line” to “such line” there shall be substituted the words “ telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or belonging to or used by the London Electricity Board or with any service provided by means of any such apparatus. ”.

(4) In section 7(6) of the M165 Greater London Council (General Powers) Act 1969 (saving for certain powers in relation to telegraphic lines) for the words from “right” onwards there shall be substituted the words “ right exercisable in relation to that street under or in accordance with the telecommunications code by the operator of any telecommunications code system. ”.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F505 Sch. 4 para 86(1) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M162 1933 c. xliv.

M163 1949 c. lv.

M164 1963 c. xvii.

M165 1969 c. lii.

Enactments relating to call boxes E+W+S+N.I.

87 (1) The enactments specified in the following Table (which penalise the use of public telephone boxes for the purpose of making false calls for police assistance, giving false alarms of fire and the like) shall have effect as if— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) for any reference to a call box of British Telecommunications’ telephone service,

(b) for any reference to a telephone call box provided by British Telecommunications, and

(c) for any reference to a British Telecommunications call box,

there were substituted a reference to a telephone call box provided by a public telecommunications operator.

Table

• Section 176(2) of the M166 Redcar Corporation Act 1938.

• Section 211(2) of the M167 Clacton Urban District Council Act 1938.

• Section 89(2) of the M168 Tiverton Corporation Act 1939.

• Section 101(2) of the M169 Christchurch Corporation Act 1940.

• Section 154(2) of the M170 Preston Corporation Act 1947.

• Section 173(2) of the M171 Ipswich Corporation Act 1948.

• Section 178(2) of the M172 Worcester Corporation Act 1951.

• Section 89(2) of the M173 Nottinghamshire County Council Act 1951.

• Section 85(2) of the M174 Berkshire County Council Act 1953.

• Section 97(2) of the M175 Gloucestershire County Council Act 1956.

• Section 96(2) of the M176 Leicester Corporation Act 1956.

• Section 70(2) of the M177 Southampton Corporation Act 1960.

• Section 41(2) of the M178 Hertfordshire County Council Act 1960.

• Section 30(3) of the M179 Devon County Council Act 1961.

• Section 44(2) of the M180 Durham County Council Act 1963.

• Section 29(2) of the M181 Exeter Corporation Act 1966.

• Section 14(2) of the M182 Huntingdon and Peterborough County Council Act 1970.

• Section 107(2) of the M183 Teesside Corporation (General Powers) Act 1971.

• Section 63(2) of the M184 Surrey County Council Act 1971.

• Section 61(2) of the M185 Torbay Corporation (No. 2) Act 1971.

• Section 66(2) of the M186 Oxfordshire County Council Act 1971.

(2) Any enactment contained in a local Act which is not specified in the above Table, but is similar to any enactment so specified, shall have effect subject to the like amendment as is made by sub-paragraph (1) above.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M166 1938 c. liv.

M167 1938 c. lxiii.

M168 1939 c. lxv.

M169 1940 c. xxx.

M170 1947 c. xlv.

M171 1948 c. xli.

M172 1951 c. xliv.

M173 1951 c. xlv.

M174 1953 c. xli.

M175 1956 c. xl.

M176 1956 c. xlix.

M177 1960 c. xliii.

M178 1960 c. xlix.

M179 1961 c. xlv.

M180 1963 c. xxxvii.

M181 1966 c. xv.

M182 1970 c. xxiv.

M183 1971 c. xv.

M184 1971 c. xxxvi.

M185 1971 c. lx.

M186 1971 c. lxiii.

The London Building Acts and enactments relating to highways, etc. E+W+S+N.I.

88 (1) Nothing in— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) the London Building Acts 1930 to 1939 or byelaws thereunder, or

(b) a special enactment passed or made before the appointed day (including such an enactment relating to Scotland or Northern Ireland) for purposes similar to those of an enactment contained in Part V or IX of the M187 Highways Act 1980 [F506 (except sections 156, 157 and 159)],

shall affect any rights conferred by or in accordance with the [F507 electronic communications code] on the [F508 provider] of a [F509 electronic communications code network] or apply to any [F510 electronic communications apparatus] kept installed for the purposes of any such [F511 network].

(2) In this paragraph “special enactment” has the same meaning as in the Highways Act 1980.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F506 Words in Sch. 4 para. 88(1)(b) repealed (E.W.S.) (1.1.1993) by New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22, SIF 59, 108), ss. 168(2), 170, Sch. 9; S.I. 1992/2984, art. 2(2), Sch. 2; S.I. 1992/2990, art. 2(2), Sch. 2

F507 Words in Sch. 4 para. 88 substituted (17.9.2003) by The Communications Act 2003 (Consequential Amendments) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/2155), art. 3(1), Sch. 1 para. 1(2)(a) (with art. 1(2))

F508 Word in Sch. 4 para. 88 substituted (17.9.2003) by The Communications Act 2003 (Consequential Amendments) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/2155), art. 3(1), Sch. 1 para. 1(2)(d) (with art. 1(2))

F509 Words in Sch. 4 para. 88 substituted (17.9.2003) by The Communications Act 2003 (Consequential Amendments) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/2155), art. 3(1), Sch. 1 para. 1(2)(b) (with art. 1(2))

F510 Words in Sch. 4 para. 88 substituted (17.9.2003) by The Communications Act 2003 (Consequential Amendments) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/2155), art. 3(1), Sch. 1 para. 1(2)(c) (with art. 1(2))

F511 Word in Sch. 4 para. 88 substituted (17.9.2003) by The Communications Act 2003 (Consequential Amendments) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/2155), art. 3(1), Sch. 1 para. 1(2)(e) (with art. 1(2))

Marginal Citations

M187 1980 c. 66.

General adaptations of local enactments E+W+S+N.I.

89 (1) A provision to which this paragraph applies which refers to the rights and powers of British Telecommunications under a provision of any enactment relating to telegraphs shall have effect with the substitution for that reference of a reference to any rights conferred by or in accordance with the telecommunications code on the operator of a telecommunications code system. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) A provision to which this paragraph applies that operates to afford protection or confer a benefit on British Telecommunications with reference to—

(a) telegraphic lines of, or used by, British Telecommunications or such telegraphic lines of any description specified in that provision, or

(b) accommodation for such telegraphic lines or telegraphic lines of any such description, or

(c) communication by means of such telegraphic lines or telegraphic lines of any such description,

shall be construed in accordance with sub-paragraph (3) below.

(3) That provision shall be construed as if—

(a) any application (whether or not with modifications) by that provision of section 7 of the M188 Telegraph Act 1878 (which before being repealed by this Act contained provision broadly corresponding to paragraph 23 of the telecommunications code) in relation to any works carried out by any person were an application (without modification) of the said paragraph to that person for the purposes of those works; and

(b) subject to that, it in all respects (subject to the like incidents) afforded the like protection to, or conferred the like benefit on, the operator of any telecommunications code system in relation, as the case may be, to—

(i) telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of a telecommunications code system or such apparatus of the description in question, or

(ii) accommodation for such apparatus or such apparatus of that description, or

(iii) the service provided by any such system.

(4) The provisions to which this paragraph applies are those of a local Act passed in the same Session as this Act, or in a previous Session, those of an order confirmed by an Act so passed and those of a scheme or order made before the passing of this Act under any Act (whether public general or local).

(5)

[F512 This paragraph shall not preclude the making, in relation to any provision to which it applies, of any order under section 109(2) or (3) of this Act which is capable, apart from the provision of this paragraph, of being made in relation to that provision; and this paragraph shall not apply to any provision in relation to which such an order is made, except to the extent provided for in the order.]

(6) In this paragraph “telegraphic line” means any apparatus (howsoever described) which is a telegraphic line within the meaning of the M189 Telegraph Act 1878.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F512 Sch. 4 para 89(5) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M188 1878 c. 76.

M189 1878 c. 76.

Saving in respect of offences under section 5 E+W+S+N.I.

90 E+W+S+N.I.

[F513 Nothing in a local Act passed after but in the same Session as this Act shall authorise the doing of anything which would constitute an offence under section 5 of this Act.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F513 Sch. 4 para 90 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Section 109.

SCHEDULE 5 E+W+S+N.I. General Transitional Provisions and Savings

Part I E+W+S+N.I. Provisions and Savings coming into force on Appointed Day

1 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F514 Sch. 5 para 1 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

2 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F515 Sch. 5 para 2 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

3 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F516 Sch. 5 para. 3 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

4 E+W+S+N.I.

[F517 An order made, or having effect as if made, by the Secretary of State under section 37 of the 1981 Act which is effective on the appointed day shall have effect as if made by the Department of Finance and Personnel for Northern Ireland under section 33 of this Act.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F517 Sch. 5 para. 4 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

5 E+W+S+N.I.

[F518 A compulsory purchase order made under section 38 or 39 of the 1981 Act which is effective on the appointed day shall have effect as if made with the consent of the Director under section 34 or 35 of this Act; and the provisions of the said section 34 or 35 shall apply accordingly.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F518 Sch. 5 para. 5 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

6 E+W+S+N.I.

[F519 An application for a vesting order made under section 40 of the 1981 Act which is effective on the appointed day shall have effect, as from that day, as if made with the consent of the Director under section 36 of this Act; and the provisions of the said section 36 shall apply accordingly.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F519 Sch. 5 para. 6 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

7 E+W+S+N.I.

[F520 An authorisation given by British Telecommunications under section 41, 42 or 43 of the 1981 Act which is effective on the appointed day shall have effect as if given by the Secretary of State under section 37, 38 or 39 of this Act on the nomination of British Telecommunications; and the provisions of the said section 37, 38 or 39 shall apply accordingly.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F520 Sch. 5 para. 7 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

8 [F521 (1) An order made under section 89 of the M190 Post Office Act 1969 which relates to the running of a telecommunication system for the purposes of a cable programme service and is effective on the appointed day shall have effect as if made under section 57 of this Act in relation to the provision of that service; and the provisions of the said section 57 shall apply accordingly.] E+W+S+N.I.

(2)

[F522 A licence granted under section 89 of the Post Office Act 1969 which relates to the running of a telecommunication system for the purposes of a cable programme service provided by any person and is effective on the appointed day shall have effect as if granted under section 58 of this Act to that person in relation to the provision of that service; and the provisions of Part IV of this Act shall apply accordingly.]

[F521 (3) Regulations made under section 90 of the Post Office Act 1969 which relate to the grant of licences under section 89 of that Act and are effective on the appointed day shall have effect as if made under section 58 of this Act in relation to the grant of licences under that section; and the provisions of the said section 58 shall apply accordingly.]

(4)

[F522 In this paragraph “cable programme service” has the same meaning as in Part IV of this Act.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F521 Sch. 5 para. 8(1)(3) repealed (1.1.1991) by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c.42, SIF 96), ss. 4(6), 87(6), 134, 203(3), 204(2), Sch. 12 Pt. II para. 1, Sch. 21; S.I. 1990/2347, art. 3(1), Sch. 2 (subject to art. 3(2)(3))

F522 Sch. 5 para. 8(2)(4) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M190 1969 c. 48.

9 E+W+S+N.I.

[F523 An undertaking given, or having effect as if given, under section 55 of the 1981 Act which is effective on the appointed day shall have effect as if given to British Telecommunications under section 97 of this Act.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F523 Sch. 5 para. 9 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

10 E+W+S+N.I.

[F524 A direction given, or having effect as if given, under section 6(2) or (4) of the 1981 Act which is effective on the appointed day shall have effect as if given to British Telecommunications under section 94(1) or (2) of this Act.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F524 Sch. 5 para. 10 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

11 E+W+S+N.I.

[F525 Nothing done, on or after the appointed day, under, and in accordance with the terms of, the licence dated 1st March 1966 whereto the parties are Her Majesty, the Crown Estate Commissioners, the Postmaster General and Det Store Nordiske Telegraf-Selskab Aktieselskab (a company incorporated under the law of the Kingdom of Denmark and commonly known in the United Kingdom, and in that licence referred to, as the Great Northern Telegraph Company Limited) shall constitute a contravention of section 5(1) of this Act.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F525 Sch. 5 para. 11 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

12 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F526 Sch. 5 para. 12 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M191 1977 c. 50.

13 E+W+S+N.I.

[F527 Nothing in this Act shall affect the operation of section 22 of the 1981 Act in relation to any contract deemed to have been made before the appointed day.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F527 Sch. 5 para. 13 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

14 E+W+S+N.I.

[F528 Nothing in this Act shall affect the operation of section 23 of the 1981 Act in relation to any loss or damage suffered by reason of an act or omission taking place before the appointed day.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F528 Sch. 5 para. 14 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

[F529 15 Nothing in this Act shall affect the operation of section 35(2) of the 1981 Act in relation to any order under section 19 of the M192 Local Government Act 1974 which applies in relation to hereditaments occupied by British Telecommunications and is effective on the appointed day.] E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F529 Sch. 5 para. 15 repealed (E.W.) by S.I. 1990/776, art. 3(1)(2), Sch. 1

Marginal Citations

M192 1974 c. 7.

16 E+W+S+N.I.

[F530 Subject to paragraph 4 above and paragraph 26 below, nothing in this Act shall affect the operation of any order made, or having effect as if made, under section 37 of the 1981 Act which is effective on the appointed day.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F530 Sch. 5 para. 16 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

17 E+W+S+N.I.

[F531 Nothing in this Act shall affect the operation of section 53 of the 1981 Act in relation to any sum which became due, or any charge which was levied, before the appointed day.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F531 Sch. 5 para. 17 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

18 E+W+S+N.I.

[F532 Subject to paragraph 49 below, nothing in this Act shall affect the operation of any order under section 19 of the M193 Local Government Act 1974 (rating of certain public utilities and other bodies) which applies in relation to hereditaments occupied by British Telecommunications and is effective on the appointed day.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F532 Sch. 5 para. 18 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M193 1974 c. 7.

19 E+W+S+N.I.

[F533 Subject to paragraph 50 below, nothing in this Act shall affect the operation of any order under section 6 of the M194 Local Government (Scotland) Act 1975 (valuation by formula of certain lands and heritages) which applies in relation to lands and heritages occupied by British Telecommunications and is effective on the appointed day.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F533 Sch. 5 para. 19 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M194 1975 c. 30.

Part II E+W+S+N.I. Provisions and Savings Coming into Force on Transfer Date

20 E+W+S+N.I.

[F534 A licence granted under section 7 of this Act to British Telecommunications which is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if granted to the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F534 Sch. 5 para. 20 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Notes 1, 4); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

21 E+W+S+N.I.

[F535 An order made under section 9(1) of this Act which designates any telecommunication system or systems run by British Telecommunications and is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if it designated the corresponding telecommunication system or systems run by the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F535 Sch. 5 para. 21 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

22 E+W+S+N.I.

[F536 An approval given under section 20(1) of this Act which applies for the purposes of a telecommunication system or systems run by British Telecommunications and is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if it applied for the purposes of the corresponding telecommunication system or systems run by the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F536 Sch. 5 para. 22 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

23 E+W+S+N.I.

[F537 An approval given, or having effect as if given, under section 22(1) of this Act, or a standard designated, or having effect as if designated, under section 22(6) of this Act, which (in either case) applies for the purposes of any telecommunication system or systems run by British Telecommunications and is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if it applied for the purposes of the corresponding telecommunication system or systems run by the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F537 Sch. 5 para. 23 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

24 E+W+S+N.I.

[F538 An approval given under section 24(1) of this Act which applies for the purposes of any telecommunication system or systems run by British Telecommunications and is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if it applied for the purposes of the corresponding telecommunication system or systems run by the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F538 Sch. 5 para. 24 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

25 E+W+S+N.I.

[F539 A recognition given under section 27(1) of this Act which applies for the purposes of any telecommunication system or systems run by British Telecommunications and is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if it applied for the purposes of the corresponding telecommunication system or systems run by the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F539 Sch. 5 para. 25 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

26 E+W+S+N.I.

[F540 An order made, or having effect as if made, under section 33 of this Act which applies in relation to hereditaments occupied by British Telecommunications and is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if it applied to the corresponding hereditaments occupied by the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F540 Sch. 5 para. 26 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

27 E+W+S+N.I.

[F541 A compulsory purchase order made, or having effect as if made, under section 34 or 35 of this Act which is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if made by the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F541 Sch. 5 para. 27 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

28 E+W+S+N.I.

[F542 An application for a vesting order made, or having effect as if made, by British Telecommunications under section 36 of this Act which is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if made by the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F542 Sch. 5 para. 28 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

29 E+W+S+N.I.

[F543 An authorisation given, or having effect as if given, by the Secretary of State under section 37, 38 or 39 of this Act on the nomination of British Telecommunications which is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if given on the nomination of the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F543 Sch. 5 para. 29 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

[F544 30 An order made under section 57 of this Act which relates to a cable programme service provided by British Telecommunications and is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if it related to the corresponding cable programme service provided by the successor company.] E+W+S+N.I.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F544 Sch. 5 para. 30 repealed (1.1.1991) by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), ss. 4(6), 87(6), 134, 203(3), 204(2), Sch. 12 Pt. II para. 1, Sch. 21; S.I. 1990/2347, art. 3(1) (subject to art. 3(2)(3))

31 E+W+S+N.I.

[F545 A licence granted under section 58 of this Act to British Telecommunications which is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if granted to the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F545 Sch. 5 para. 31 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

32 E+W+S+N.I.

[F546 An undertaking given, or having effect as if given, to British Telecommunications under section 97 of this Act which is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if given to the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F546 Sch. 5 para. 32 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

33 E+W+S+N.I.

[F547 A direction given, or having effect as if given, to British Telecommunications under section 94(1) or (2) of this Act which is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if given to the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F547 Sch. 5 para. 33 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

34 (1) For the purposes of authorising the making, in relation to employees of the successor company or any of its subsidiaries, of provision corresponding to that authorised to be made, in relation to employees of British Telecommunications or any of its subsidiaries, by section 84 of the 1981 Act, that section shall have effect as if— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) any reference to the Post Office or to employees of, persons employed by or employment by the Post Office were a reference to British Telecommunications or to employees of, persons employed by or employment by British Telecommunications; and

(b) any reference to a relevant body or to employees of, persons employed by or employment by a relevant body were a reference to the successor company or any subsidiary of the successor company or to employees of, persons employed by or employment by the successor company or any such subsidiary.

(2) Nothing in sub-paragraph (1) above shall be taken as prejudicing the operation of section 84 of the 1981 Act as originally enacted.

35 E+W+S+N.I.

[F548 Where immediately before the transfer date there is in force an agreement which—

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

the agreement shall have effect, in relation to anything falling to be done on or after that date, as if for that reference there were substituted a reference to such person as that company may appoint or, in default of appointment, to the officer of that company who corresponds as nearly as may be to the member or officer of British Telecommunications in question.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F548 Sch. 5 para. 35 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

36 (1) Except as otherwise provided by the foregoing provisions of this Part of this Schedule (whether expressly or by necessary implication), any agreement made, transaction effected or other thing done by, to or in relation to British Telecommunications which is in force or effective immediately before the transfer date shall have effect as from that date as if made, effected or done by, to or in relation to the successor company, in all respects as if the successor company were the same person, in law, as British Telecommunications, and accordingly references to British Telecommunications— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) in any agreement (whether or not in writing) and in any deed, bond or instrument;

(b) in any process or other document issued, prepared or employed for the purpose of any proceeding before any court or other tribunal or authority; and

(c) in any other document whatsoever (other than an enactment) relating to or affecting any property, right or liability of British Telecommunications which vests by virtue of section 60 of this Act in the successor company,

shall be taken as from the transfer date as referring to the successor company.

(2) Nothing in sub-paragraph (1) above shall be taken as applying in relation to the deed of covenant by virtue of which the excepted liabilities subsist.

37 (1) It is hereby declared for the avoidance of doubt that— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) the effect of section 60 of this Act in relation to any contract of employment with British Telecommunications in force immediately before the transfer date is merely to modify the contract (as from that date) by substituting the successor company as the employer (and not to terminate the contract or vary it in any other way); and

(b) that section is effective to vest the rights and liabilities of British Telecommunications under any agreement or arrangement for the payment of pensions, allowances or gratuities in the successor company along with all other rights and liabilities of British Telecommunications;

and accordingly for the purposes of any such agreement or arrangement (as it has effect by virtue of paragraph 36 above in relation to employment with the successor company or with a wholly owned subsidiary of that company) any period of employment with British Telecommunications shall count as employment with the successor company or (as the case may be) with a wholly owned subsidiary of that company.

(2) Nothing in sub-paragraph (1) above shall be taken as applying in relation to the excepted liabilities or to the deed of covenant by virtue of which those liabilities subsist.

38 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F549 Sch. 5 para. 38 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

39 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F550 Sch. 5 para. 39 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

40 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F551 Sch. 5 para. 40 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

41 E+W+S+N.I.

[F552 For the purpose of enabling anything which, on the transfer date, remains to be done under the provisions of sections 10 and 81(1) of and Schedule 2 to the 1981 Act to be done after that date, those provisions shall have effect as if the successor company were the same person, in law, as British Telecommunications.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F552 Sch. 5 para. 41 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

42 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F553 Sch. 5 para. 42 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

43 Nothing in this Act shall affect the operation of any order made under section 33 of the 1981 Act before the transfer date or any duty imposed by subsection (3) of that section to amend any order so made. E+W+S+N.I.

44 Nothing in this Act shall affect the operation of section 56 of the 1981 Act in relation to any records of British Telecommunications which become records of the successor company on the transfer date or any records kept by British Telecommunications for the purposes of paragraph 39 above. E+W+S+N.I.

45 Where by virtue of anything done before the transfer date, any enactment amended by Schedule 4 to this Act has effect (whether or not as so amended) in relation to British Telecommunications, then, on and after that date, that enactment shall have effect in relation to the successor company as if that company were the same person, in law, as British Telecommunications. E+W+S+N.I.

46 (1) Section 6(2) of the M195 Commonwealth Telegraph Act 1949 shall continue to have effect with the modifications made by section 34(1) of the 1981 Act and, subject to that, shall have effect as if references which include references to British Telecommunications, in paragraph (c) and sub-paragraphs (iv), (v) and (vi) of paragraph (d), included references to the successor company. E+W+S+N.I.

(2) The power to make regulations conferred on the Secretary of State by section 49 of the M196 Post Office Act 1969 shall include power to make such regulations as appear to him to be requisite for securing that persons to whom that section applies, and persons claiming in right of them, are not adversely affected in the matter of pension rights by reason only that—

(a) in consequence of the 1981 Act, they ceased to be employed by the Post Office; or

(b) in consequence of section 60 of this Act, they cease to be employed by British Telecommunications.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Marginal Citations

M195 1949 c. 39.

M196 1969 c. 48.

47 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F554 Sch. 5 para. 47 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M197 1950 c. 39.

48 (1) Where an asset, or the right to receive an asset, vests in the successor company by virtue of section 60 of this Act, then for the purposes of [F555 ...Part I of the M198 Industry Act 1972 and]... Part II of the M199 Industrial Development Act 1982— E+W+S+N.I.

(a) so much of any expenditure incurred by British Telecommunications in providing that asset as is approved capital expenditure (of any description relevant for the purposes of regional development grant) in respect of which no payment of regional development grant has been made to British Telecommunications shall be treated as having been incurred by the successor company and not by British Telecommunications; and

(b) where the asset itself vests in the successor company by virtue of section 60 of this Act, it shall be treated as a new asset if it would have fallen to be so treated if it had remained vested in British Telecommunications.

(2) In this paragraph “regional development grant” means a grant under [F555 ...Part I of the Industry Act 1972 or ]... Part II of the Industrial Development Act 1982 and “approved capital expenditure” has the same meaning as it has for the purposes of the provisions relating to regional development grant.

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F555 Words in Sch. 5 para. 48(1)(2) repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M198 1972 c. 63.

M199 1982 c. 52.

49 E+W+S+N.I.

[F556 An order under section 19 of the M200 Local Government Act 1974 (rating of certain public utilities and other bodies) which applies in relation to hereditaments occupied by British Telecommunications and is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if it applied to the corresponding hereditaments occupied by the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F556 Sch. 5 para. 49 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M200 1974 c. 7.

50 E+W+S+N.I.

[F557 An order under section 6 of the M201 Local Government (Scotland) Act 1975 (valuation by formula of certain lands and heritages) which applies in relation to lands and heritages occupied by British Telecommunications and is effective on the transfer date shall have effect as if it applied in relation to the corresponding lands and heritages occupied by the successor company.]

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F557 Sch. 5 para. 50 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

Marginal Citations

M201 1975 c. 30.

51 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F558 Sch. 5 para. 51 repealed (25.7.2003 for certain purposes and otherwise 29.12.2003) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21) ss. 406(1)(6), 411(2)(3), {Sch. 19} (with transitional provisions in Sch. 18 and Sch. 19 Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2) {2(1)} (with art. 3 (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/1900, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3(2), Sch. 1 (subject to art. 3(3) and with art. 11)

F559 Sch. 5 para. 51(1) substituted for Sch. 5 para. 51(1)(2) by Companies Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1985 (c. 9, SIF 27), s. 30, Sch. 2

F560 SCHEDULE 6 E+W+S+N.I.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Amendments (Textual)

F560 Sch. 6 repealed (25.7.2003 for specified purposes, 29.12.2003 otherwise) by Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), ss. 406, 408, 411, Sch. 19(1) (with Sch. 18, Sch. 19(1) Note 1); S.I. 2003/1900, arts. 1(2), 2(1), 3(1), Sch. 1 (with art. 3(2) (as amended (8.12.2003) by S.I. 2003/3142, art. 1(3))); S.I. 2003/3142, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with art. 11)

Section 109.

SCHEDULE 7 E+W+S+N.I. Repeals

Part I E+W+S+N.I. Repeals Coming into Force on Appointed Day

Chapter or number	Short title	Extent of repeal
26 & 27 Vict. c. 112.	The Telegraph Act 1863.	The whole Act, except sections 1 and 45.
31 & 32 Vict. c. 110.	The Telegraph Act 1868.	The whole Act, except sections 1 and 20.
41 & 42 Vict. c. 76.	The Telegraph Act 1878.	The whole Act.
47 & 48 Vict. c. 76.	The Post Office (Protection) Act 1884.	The whole Act.
51 & 52 Vict. c. 12.	The Electric Lighting Act 1888.	In section 4(5), the words from “and the expression” onwards.
52 & 53 Vict. c. 34.	The Telegraph (Isle of Man) Act 1889.	The whole Act.
55 & 56 Vict. c. 55.	The Burgh Police (Scotland) Act 1892.	Section 132.
55 & 56 Vict. c. 59.	The Telegraph Act 1892.	The whole Act.
59 & 60 Vict. c. 48.	The Light Railways Act 1896.	Section 25.
60 & 61 Vict. c. 53.	The Congested Districts (Scotland) Act 1897.	In section 4(1)(f), the words “telegraphic extensions, or” and the word “other”.
62 & 63 Vict. c. 19.	the Electric Lighting (Clauses) Act 1899.	In section 1 of the Schedule, the words from “the expression "telegraphic”' to “manner affected”.
		In section 10(c) of the Schedule, the words from “with”, in the second place where it occurs, to (but not including) “and”.
62 & 63 Vict. c. 38.	The Telegraph Act 1899.	In section 2(1), the words “of the Telegraph Acts 1863 to 1897, and”.
		In section 4, the words from “and may” onwards.
8 Edw. 7. c. 33.	The Telegraph (Construction) Act 1908.	The whole Act.
9 Edw. 7. c. 20.	The Telegraph (Arbitration) Act 1909.	The whole Act.
1 & 2 Geo. 5. c. 39.	The Telegraph (Construction) Act 1911.	The whole Act.
6 & 7 Geo. 5. c. 40.	The Telegraph (Construction) Act 1916.	The whole Act.
9 & 10 Geo. 5. c. 100.	The Electricity (Supply) Act 1919.	Section 25.
8 & 9 Geo. 6. c. 42.	The Water Act 1945.	In Schedule 3, in section 1(1), the definition of “telegraphic line” and section 5.
Chapter or number	Short title	Extent of repeal
8 & 9 Geo. 6. c. 43.	The Requisitioned Land and War Works Act 1945.	Part IV.
11 & 12 Geo. 6. c. 17.	The Requisitioned Land and War Works Act 1948.	In the Schedule, paragraph 6.
12, 13 & 14 Geo. 6. c. 11.	The Railway and Canal Commission (Abolition) Act 1949.	Section 2.
14 Geo. 6. c. 39.	The Public Utilities Street Works Act 1950.	Section 20(1) and (2).
		In section 39(1), the definition of “telegraphic line”.
		In Schedule 5, the entries relating to the Telegraph Act 1863, the Telegraph Act 1878, the Telegraph (Construction) Act 1911, the Telegraph (Construction) Act 1916, section 5 of Schedule 3 to the Water Act 1945 and the Special Roads Act 1949.
5 & 6 Eliz. 2. c. 48.	The Electricity Act 1957.	In section 28(9), the words from “and "telegraphic line”' onwards.
6 & 7 Eliz. 2. c. 30.	The Land Powers (Defence) Act 1958.	Section 20.
10 & 11 Eliz. 2. c. 30.	The Northern Ireland Act 1962.	In Schedule 2, the entries relating to the Telegraph Act 1863 and the Telegraph Act 1878.
1963 c. 33.	The London Government Act 1963.	In Schedule 17, paragraph 3.
1967 c. 76.	The Road Traffic Regulation Act 1967.	Section 28(8).
1969 c. 48.	The Post Office Act 1969.	Section 21.
		Section 29(1)(c).
		In section 77, the words “the Post Office (Protection) Act 1884”.
		Section 83.
		In section 88(4), in paragraph (a) the words from “except” to “1884” and in paragraph (b) the words “that Act and”.
		Part IV.
		In Schedule 4, paragraphs 4(c), 5 to 10, 15 to 19, 26, 28 and 29, 34, 38 to 40, 43, 45, 48, 53, 58, 61 to 64, 68, 72, 74, 83(1), (2) and (4), 85, 86, 95 to 99, 101 and 102.
		In paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 5, the words “or section 11 of the Post Office (Protection) Act 1884”.
Chapter or number	Short title	Extent of repeal
1970 c. 40.	The Agriculture Act 1970.	In section 92(1), paragraph (ii) of the proviso.
1973 c. 41.	The Fair Trading Act 1973.	In section 16(1), paragraph (b) and the word “or” immediately preceding it.
		In section 50(3)(a), the words “of Part II of Schedule 5 or”.
		In section 51(2), the words “or in the first column of Part II of”.
		In Schedule 5, Part II.
1973 c. 65.	The Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973.	In paragraph 3 of Part I of Schedule 28, the words “and 132”.
1974 c. 7.	The Local Government Act 1974.	In Schedule 3, paragraph 9.
1974 c. 45.	The Housing (Scotland) Act 1974.	In paragraph 33 of Schedule 3, sub-paragraphs (a) and (b).
1975 c. 30.	The Local Government (Scotland) Act 1975.	In Schedule 1, paragraph 9.
1976 c. 57.	The Local Government (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1976.	In section 44(1), the words “British Telecommunications” and the words “except in sections 1(4)(a), 3(2)(d) and 4(1) of this Act,”.
1976 c. 70.	The Land Drainage Act 1976.	In section 32(2), the words from “and nothing” onwards.
1976 c. 75.	The Development of Rural Wales Act 1976.	In Schedule 3, paragraphs 38(7) and 44(2).
1979 c. 11.	The Electricity (Scotland) Act 1979.	In section 45(1), the definition of “telegraphic line”.
1980 c. 21.	The Competition Act 1980.	In section 19(3), the word “and”.
1980 c. 45.	The Water (Scotland) Act 1980.	In section 28(1), paragraph (a).
		In Schedule 4, in section 1(1), the definition of “telegraphic line” and section 5.
1980 c. 66.	The Highways Act 1980.	In section 144(6), in the definition of “statutory undertakers” the word “and”, in the second place where it occurs.
		In section 156(10)(b), the words “"telegraphic line”'.
		In section 169(4), in the second sentence, the word “and”, in the third place where it occurs.
		In section 170(3), in the definition of “statutory undertakers” the word “and”, in the first place where it occurs.
Chapter or number	Short title	Extent of repeal
1981 c. 38.	The British Telecommunications Act 1981.	Section 3.
		In section 6, subsections (2), (4) and (5).
		Section 9.
		Sections 11 to 23.
		Sections 35 to 53.
		Section 55.
		Section 58(4).
		Section 80.
		In section 85(1), the definition of “outside persons”.
		In Schedule 3, paragraphs 1 to 8, 10(1), (3) and (5), 11 to 33, 35 to 41, 44 and 45, 47 to 50, 51(2) and (9), 52 to 55, 58 to 60, 64 to 71, 73 to 80, 82 and 83.
		In Schedule 4, paragraph 20.
		In Schedule 5, paragraph 2.
1981 c. 64.	The New Towns Act 1981.	Section 23(7).
		In section 78(1)(d), the words “or British Telecommunications”.
		In section 79, in subsection (1)(c), the words “or British Telecommunications” and in subsection (3), paragraph (c).
1981 c. 67.	The Acquisition of Land Act 1981.	In section 8(1)(c), the words “or British Telecommunications”.
1982 c. 16.	The Civil Aviation Act 1982.	In section 105(1), in the definition of “statutory undertaker” the words“British Telecommunications".
	In Schedule 15, paragraph 17(5). Northern Ireland legislation etc.
S.I. 1972/1072 (N.I. 9).	The Electricity Supply (Northern Ireland) Order 1971.	In Article 2(2), the words from “telegraphic” to “any manner affected”.
S.I. 1972/1634 (N.I. 17).	The Planning (Northern Ireland) Order 1972.	In Article 80(2), the words from “on” in the third place where it occurs to “and” in the third place where it occurs.
S.I. 1973/70 (N.I. 2).	The Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 1973.	In Article 2(2), the definition of “telegraphic line”.
S.I. 1973/2095.	The Local Government Reorganisation (Consequential Provisions) (Northern Ireland) Order 1973.	In Schedule 1, paragraphs 1 to 3.
S.I. 1977/596 (N.I. 7).	The Gas (Northern Ireland) Order 1977.	In Article 2(2), the definition of “telegraphic line”.
S.I. 1977/2157 (N.I. 28).	The Rates (Northern Ireland) Order 1977.	In Schedule 12, Part XII.
S.I. 1981/154 (N.I. 1).	The Road Traffic (Northern Ireland) Order 1981.	Article 106(6).
Chapter	Short title	Extent of repeal Local enactments
23 & 24 Geo. 5. c. xliv.	The London Overground Wires etc. Act 1933.	In section 2(1), the definition of “telegraphic line”.
		In section 5(3), the words from “and before” onwards.
1963 c. xvii.	The London County Council (General Powers) Act 1963.	In section 3(1), the definition of “the Act of 1878”.
		Section 17(4)(b).
		Section 21(2)(b).

Part II E+W+S+N.I. Repeals coming into Force on Transfer Date

Chapter	Short title	Extent of repeal
62 & 63 Vict. c. 19.	The Electric Lighting (Clauses) Act 1899.	In the Schedule, section 62(1)(b).
1981 c. 38.	The British Telecommunications Act 1981.	Section 1(2).
		Section 2.
		Sections 4 and 5.
		In section 6, subsections (1), (3) and (6) to (13).
		Sections 7 and 8.
		Sections 24 to 34.
		Section 54.
		Sections 56 and 57.
		In Schedule 1, paragraph 5.
		In Schedule 3, paragraphs 9, 42, 46, 57(1), 61, 62, 72 and 81.

Prospective

Part III E+W+S+N.I. Repeals Coming into Force on Dissolution of British Telecommunications

Chapter	Short title	Extent of repeal
1975 c. 24.	The House of Commons Disqualification Act 1975.	In Part II of Schedule 1, the words, “British Telecommunications”.
1981 c. 38.	The British Telecommunications Act 1981.	In section 1, subsection (1) and subsections (3) to (6).
		In Schedule 1, paragraphs 1 to 4 and 6 to 16.
1983 c. 44.	The National Audit Act 1983.	In Schedule 4, the entry relating to British Telecommunications.
1984 c. 12.	The Telecommunications Act 1984.	Section 100.

Part IV E+W+S+N.I. Wireless Telegraphy Repeals

Annotations:

Annotations are used to give authority for changes and other effects on the legislation you are viewing and to convey editorial information. They appear at the foot of the relevant provision or under the associated heading. Annotations are categorised by annotation type, such as F-notes for textual amendments and I-notes for commencement information (a full list can be found in the Editorial Practice Guide). Each annotation is identified by a sequential reference number. For F-notes, M-notes and X-notes, the number also appears in bold superscript at the relevant location in the text. All annotations contain links to the affecting legislation.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C96 Pt. VI (ss. 74-92), ss. 102, 106(4)(5), 110(1), Sch. 3 and Sch. 7 Pt. IV extended (Guernsey) (with modifications) (1.6.1994) by S.I. 1994/1064, art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I

C97 Sch. 7 Pt. IV extended (Jersey) (with modifications) (29.12.2003) by The Wireless Telegraphy (Jersey) Order 2003 (S.I. 2003/3196), art. 3(1), Sch. Pt. I (as amended (27.2.2004) by The Broadcasting and Communications (Jersey) Order 2004 (S.I. 2004/308), art. 6(1), Sch. 2 Pt. 1)

Chapter	Short title	Extent of repeal
12, 13 & 14 Geo. 6. c. 54.	The Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949.	Section 9(1)(a) and (2).
		In section 9(7), the words “the advisory committee and” and the words from “in the case of the committee” to “the tribunal”.
		In section 10(1), the words from “after” to “committee”.
1967 c. 72.	The Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967.	In section 9(3), the words from “and accordingly” to the end.
		Section 11.
1975 c. 21.	The Criminal Procedure (Scotland) Act 1975.	In Schedule 7C, the entry relating to the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949.
1977 c. 45.	The Criminal Law Act 1977.	In Schedule 6, the entry relating to the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949.